Collision with terrain involving Robinson R22 Beta II, VH-HKC, 87 km north of Hughenden Aerodrome, Queensland, on 11 February 2021

Final report

Report release date: 09/02/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On the evening of 11 February 2021, the pilot of a Robinson R22 Beta II helicopter, registered VH‑HKC was conducting a private flight near his property,110 km NNW of Hughenden, Queensland. During the flight, the weather conditions in the direction of his return to the homestead deteriorated. While avoiding weather, the pilot landed at an adjacent property to refuel and obtain directions. The pilot however continued flying away from their homestead arriving at another station about 24 minutes later. After refuelling, and 5 minutes prior to last light in dark night conditions, the pilot departed in a northerly direction. When the helicopter became overdue and unable to be contacted, a search for the helicopter was commenced. The following morning, the pilot was found fatally injured and the helicopter destroyed adjacent to an unsealed road 36 km from their Reedy Springs station.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that the pilot of VH-HKC, who did not hold a night visual flight rules (VFR) rating, instrument rating or had night flying experience, continued flying towards his destination in a remote area after last light.

Planning, operational and navigational decisions made by the pilot before and during the flight did not adequately address the risk of visual flight into dark night conditions. Notably, the pilot had a number of opportunities to discontinue the flight before last light when he refuelled his helicopter at other stations in the area.

The pilot continued flying through the period of civil twilight into astronomical twilight then, in dark night conditions and without local ground lighting, inadvertently allowed the VFR-only equipped helicopter to descend into terrain.

The ATSB found that the pilot likely navigated at low-level over a sealed road in poor light conditions which likely resulted in the helicopter contacting a powerline. Failure of the powerline resulted in a loss of ground lighting in the direction of flight. Then, shortly after turning onto an unsealed road in overcast, moonless conditions the helicopter departed the road after a bend in the road before flying over open grassland and colliding with trees and terrain in a left bank, nose-down attitude.

Safety message

This accident highlighted the inherent high risk of night flying in remote areas due to the absence or degradation of the visual references for establishing an aircraft’s attitude and position. This risk is increased when night flying is attempted by pilots without night VFR or instrument flying qualifications. To avoid disorientation and the possibility of loss of control of their aircraft, day VFR pilots need to plan to arrive at their destination at least 10 minutes before last light and to have a realistic alternate plan if it becomes apparent that an intended flight cannot be completed in daylight.

The ATSB has previously published material as part of safety publication Avoidable Accidents No 7 - Visual flight at night accidents. The information contained in this document and supporting material is reiterated on release of this report.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On the morning of the accident, 11 February 2021, the pilot was briefly visited at their Reedy Springs homestead, Queensland, by close family members who were moving cattle by truck to an adjacent property. They advised that they may visit again later during their return journey if time allowed, although stormy weather in the area might prevent this. At 1600 Eastern Standard Time[1] the pilot started getting anxious when his family members had not arrived at the station as expected.

Departure from Reedy Springs Station

The weather in the area was reported as overcast with occasional showers. At 1715, during a clearing in the weather, the pilot departed the homestead in their Robinson R22 Beta II helicopter, VH-HKC, to search in an area near Cargoon Station, about 23 km east of the Reedy Springs homestead. The pilot was reported as leaving the homestead in a hurry.

Flight to Camden Park Station

At 1827, VH-HKC arrived at Camden Park Station, which is 35 km west-south-west of Cargoon and 18 km south-west of Reedy Springs.

On arrival at Camden Park Station, the pilot flew at low level over the entrance road towards the homestead, landing beneath a powerline (Figure 1). The pilot advised the owner he was lost, looking for Reedy Springs and that the helicopter’s low fuel[2] light was on.

Figure 1: Photo from 1829 EST - VH-HKC and pilot following arrival at Camden Park Station, property powerline indicated and southerly cloud conditions visible

Figure 1: Photo from 1829 EST - VH-HKC and pilot following arrival at Camden Park Station, property powerline indicated and southerly cloud conditions visible

Source: Camden Park Station owner, modified by the ATSB

The owner of Camden Park assisted the pilot to refuel the helicopter to full and provided directions for return to Reedy Springs to the north. The pilot appeared confused, disoriented and ‘bushed’ and appeared to not believe the directions provided. The owner offered to contact the pilot’s son at Pretty Plains Station[3] to confirm the directions, the pilot responded that he would be fine and not to worry about it. The helicopter departed Camden Park at about 1835 and headed south towards Hughenden, the direction described as a line of dark, low cloud by the Camden Park owner (Figure 1). Following VH-HKC’s departure the owner rang both the pilot’s spouse at Reedy Springs and a son who lived at Pretty Plains advising of the situation. The son, also a Robinson R22 pilot advised they couldn’t depart to try to find their father since it was raining at Pretty Plains (Figure 2).

Flight to Wongalee Station

At 1910, VH-HKC arrived at Wongalee[4] Station about 61 km south of Camden Park. The average ground speed in a direct line from Camden Park was calculated to be about 58 kt (106 km/h). The pilot spoke to a building contractor working at the property saying he had been avoiding storms and landing at stations. The pilot asked the contractor if it was Wongalee Station. When confirmed, the pilot flew to the hangar and was assisted to refuel the helicopter.[5] The contractor, unaware of the pilot’s intended destination, offered the pilot a meal and overnight accommodation. The pilot declined. The contractor observed that the pilot was disoriented although not anxious. At about 1920, after refuelling, VH-HKC departed Wongalee to the north in the direction of a storm (Figure 2).

Figure 2: VH-HKC accident flight - known locations and general direction of travel

Figure 2: VH-HKC accident flight - known locations and general direction of travel

Source: Google Earth, modified by the ATSB

Flight over Kennedy Developmental Road – Collision with powerline

Kennedy Developmental Road (Highway 62) was a remote unlit road heading north from Wongalee Station (Figure 2), recently sealed with side and centreline markings (Figure 3). The road was described by the contractor at Wongalee Station as not a busy road. The road was unlit.

Ergon Energy reported that at about 1954 EST, a high voltage powerline,[6] strung 6.8 m above the Kennedy Developmental Road (KDR), [7] 68 km north of Wongalee Station by road, was tripped. The poles supporting the wire on either side of the road were found bent towards the north and inwards with the easterly pole snapped near the base. The 3-strand single wire was broken directly above the road (Figure 3). The break in the line resulted in loss of power  to nearby Mount Sturgeon and Pretty Plains Stations. This meant exterior and station lighting in the area was then not available to assist the pilot of VH-HKC.

Based on the nature and location of the wirestrike and accident location it was very likely that the pilot was initially flying above the sealed Kennedy Developmental Road (marked with a centreline and sidelines) then the unsealed Pretty Plains to Camden Park Road and using these roads for navigation to his intended destination. Both of these roads were in a remote rural area and not illuminated by street lighting.

Figure 3: Powerline above the Kennedy Developmental Road showing location of break and direction of supporting pole movement

Figure 3: Powerline above the Kennedy Developmental Road showing location of break and direction of supporting pole movement

Source: Queensland Police Service, modified by ATSB

Search and rescue - Collision with terrain

When VH-HKC did not arrive at Pretty Plains or Reedy Springs that evening, search and rescue authorities were alerted. The helicopter was located the following morning, 8 km north-east of the broken powerline and 160 m south of the unsealed Pretty Plains Camden Park Road (Figure 4). This location was 11 km by road from the powerline break and 4.5 km west of the Pretty Plains homestead. The pilot was fatally injured and the helicopter was destroyed.

Figure 4: Aerial view of accident site showing Pretty Plains Camden Park Road

Figure 4: Aerial view of accident site showing Pretty Plains Camden Park Road

 Source: Queensland Police Service, modified by ATSB

Context

Pilot information

Qualifications and experience

The flight was conducted as a private category operation under the visual flight rules (VFR).[8] The pilot held a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) Private Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) that was first issued in 1960. This license was converted to Part 61 on 29 January 2020. The pilot was not rated for instrument flying or night VFR operations.

The pilot’s family reported that he had undertaken pre-license helicopter training in Cairns many years ago, however, the pilot’s license was not endorsed for helicopter operations.

The pilot had owned and operated two helicopters and had been flying helicopters for over 40 years. As the sole owner and pilot of VH-HKC, he had accrued flying time of 1,870.2 hours since 2006.

Recent history

The pilot flew VH-HKC almost exclusively over his Reedy Springs property using the helicopter for mustering cattle, attending to fences and water infrastructure maintenance. The only time the pilot left the property was for helicopter maintenance at Charters Towers.

Medical information

The pilot held a Class 2 medical valid until 19 July 2021, and his most recent aviation medical examination was on 15 July 2019. Restrictions on the certificate were for distance vision correction to be worn and reading correction to be available.

The pilot was described as a very fit and aware 82-year-old. The pilot had well-managed Crohn’s disease and had recently developed asthma following a chest infection. The pilot used medication for treatment of the condition as well as an asthma reliever and preventer.

The witness at Wongalee Station observed the pilot as ‘not puffing or panting’ on the day of the accident. The pilot’s glasses and a Ventolin (asthma) inhaler were located at the accident site.

The pilot’s autopsy identified that salbutamol (Ventolin) was not detected in the toxicology examination. In response to a suggestion that the pilot may have suffered an asthma attack prior to the accident the autopsy reported ‘there were…no features that could confirm a serious acute exacerbation of asthma.’

In response to a concern on whether a recent head injury whilst shopping in Charters Towers (described below) potentially contributed to the circumstances of his death, it was reported that ‘there were no features of significant recent (pre-crash) head injury identified at autopsy, although…difficult to completely exclude subtle pre-existing head injury’.

Events prior to the accident flight

In the two weeks leading up to the accident the pilot was in Townsville, Queensland. On 10 February 2021, the day before the accident, the pilot travelled about 350 km by road from Townsville to his homestead at Reedy Springs cattle station. During the journey, the pilot visited a Charters Towers hardware store. At about 1342, closed circuit television video footage recorded the pilot falling backwards to the ground when attempting to dismount from the tray of a utility vehicle. The pilot stood up from the fall within 10 seconds, before briefly talking to another customer and driving from the carpark. The pilot arrived at Reedy Springs at 1600 and reported he had lost balance on the utility vehicle and fell backwards onto concrete. He reported hitting the back of his head on the tyre of an adjacent vehicle in the carpark but did not have a lump on their head. After unpacking the vehicle, the pilot had a 30-minute rest before dinner at 1900. The pilot retired at about 2130 and had a normal night’s sleep.

On the day of the accident, the pilot woke about 0600 and then had a normal day, working around the Reedy Springs homestead eating both morning tea and lunch.  

Aircraft information

VH-HKC was a Robinson R22 Beta II helicopter manufactured in the USA in August 2004. Initial registration of VH-HKC to the pilot was effective from February 2006. At the time of the accident, the helicopter had completed 1870.2 hours in service, and was certified for day VFR flight only. The last 100-hourly inspection was completed on 3 December 2020 at 1858.9 hrs, 11.3 hours prior to the accident, with all maintenance requirements completed.

The helicopter was equipped with two landing lights installed in the nose of the aircraft just below the canopy, and UHF/ VHF radios. In addition, it had an inertia reel lap/sash restraint fitted to the only installed seat.[9] R22 helicopters are not fitted with a wire strike protection system (cable cutter) on the front of the helicopter.

Recorded information

No flight plan was submitted by the pilot. VH-HKC was not visible on recorded radar data and no communications from the helicopter were recorded by Airservices Australia. The aircraft had no onboard recording equipment. The pilot carried a satellite phone and a dual frequency (406/121.5 MHz) personal locator beacon on the aircraft. Neither of these communication devices were activated.

Accident site information

The ATSB did not attend the accident site. The following is based on an assessment of accident site photos and statements provided by Queensland Police Service.

The area near the accident site was open grassland and grassland with trees. The initial impact point was coincident with the tree line at the edge of an open grassy area about 160 m south of the unsealed Pretty Plains Camden Park Road. The site was 4.5 km west of the Pretty Plains Homestead. The wreckage trail extended in a south-westerly direction of over an area of about 50 m long and 20 m wide.

Figure 5: Overview of VH-HKC accident site

Figure 5: Overview of VH-HKC accident site

Source: Queensland Police Service, modified by ATSB

Both landing gear skid tubes were broken off at the initial impact point just prior to the main cabin impact crater evident in the soft ground (Figure 5), with main rotor blade strikes forward and to the left of the area of impact. The impact captured the airspeed indication at 38 kt (70 km/h) and the vertical speed indication at -870 ft/min (-16 km/h). This correlated to a flight path angle of 13 degrees nose-down with a groundspeed of 37 kt (68 km/h).

Figure 6: Initial impact location

Figure 6: Initial impact location

Source: Queensland Police Service, modified by ATSB

The tail rotor gearbox, blades and empennage were located close to the initial impact. The remainder of the tail boom remained attached to the main fuselage which was 27 m further along the wreckage trail (Figure 5 and Figure 6). The engine was located at the end of the wreckage trail (Figure 6).

Figure 7: Overview of accident site

Figure 7: Overview of accident site

Source: Queensland Police Service, modified by ATSB

One main rotor blade separated during the impact sequence; the other blade remained attached to the hub at the main wreckage. Both blades were deformed in a manner indicative of powered rotation on impact. The wreckage trail and damage pattern were consistent with a high-energy nose-down impact, likely in a left skid-low attitude.

The front landing skid cross tube and shattered Perspex canopy, both of which are common wirestrike locations, were unable to be examined for evidence of a wirestrike.

R22 Wirestrike collisions

A review of the ATSB occurrence database showed a number of occurrences where a Robinson R22 helicopter had contacted a powerline that did not result in damage or collision with terrain. Of these occurrences, 22% resulted in nil or minor damage to the helicopter and the pilot was able to continue with no loss of control.

Weather and environmental information

Storms

Witnesses at Reedy Springs, Camden Park and Wongalee Stations reported storms and rain in the area during the time of the flights. An image taken at 1756 at Camden Park (Figure 8) captured the prevailing conditions.

Figure 8: Image taken at Camden Park and captioned ‘Another storm is coming’ sent via WhatsApp at 1756 EST about 30 minutes before VH-HKC arrival at Camden Park

Figure 8: Image taken at Camden Park and captioned ‘Another storm is coming’ sent via WhatsApp at 1756 EST about 30 minutes before VH-HKC arrival at Camden Park

Source: Camden Park Station owner

The storm clouds to the south were evident at the time of the pilot’s arrival at Camden Park (Figure 1). The pilot reported to at least one witness that they had been avoiding storms. The Bureau of Meteorology satellite infrared imagery shows the presence of clouds and storms in the area of the route taken by the pilot (Figure 9). The white and purple-blue colours in Figure 9 represent a scale of cloud-top temperatures. The colder the cloud-tops, the higher they are.[10] The red and orange patches in Figure 9 were overlaid lightning strike data.[11] The image indicated that there was lightning in the discrete storm cells over Northern Queensland in the vicinity of VH-HKC and also showed the purple colour relating to the very high cumulonimbus cloud tops associated with the storms.

Figure 9: Satellite Infrared imagery[12] at 1830 showing extent of clouds and storms in the area visited by VH-HKC

Figure 9: Satellite Infrared imagery[12] at 1830 showing extent of clouds and storms in the area visited by VH-HKC

Source: Bureau of Meteorology, modified by the ATSB

Light conditions[13]

On 11 Feb 2021 the moon phase at Wongalee Station was a waning crescent with 1% of the moon's visible disk illuminated. Moonset was at 1851 and sunset was at 1902.[14] For aviation purposes, night is defined as the period of darkness commencing at the ‘end of evening civil twilight’,[15] also known as last light. The pilot landed at Wongalee Station at 1910, 15 minutes prior to last light.[16] VH-HKC departed Wongalee at 1920 EST during the period of civil twilight, about 5 minutes prior to last light (Figure 10).

Figure 10: Regions of twilight relative to VH-HKC location at Wongalee Station 1920 EST

Figure 10: Regions of twilight relative to VH-HKC location at Wongalee Station 1920 EST

Source: in-thy-sky.org/twilghtmap

The end of evening nautical twilight[17] was 1951. At this time, it was dark. Both the collision with the powerline on Kennedy Developmental Road and collision with terrain adjacent to the Pretty Plains Camden Park Road occurred in the period of astronomical twilight[18] (Figure 11).

Figure 11: Regions of twilight relative to VH-HKC accident location at 2000 EST

Figure 11: Regions of twilight relative to VH-HKC accident location at 2000 EST

Source: in-thy-sky.org/twilghtmap

The flight involving the collisions was conducted during astronomical twilight, moonless and in overcast conditions (no starlight) in a remote area with limited terrestrial lighting. This was considered to be a dark night with minimal light available. The collision with the powerline exacerbated the situation by extinguishing the Pretty Plains Station terrestrial lighting in the direction of travel.

Visual flight rules requirements

A VFR flight must not be conducted at night, unless the pilot in command is authorised under CASR Part 61 to conduct a flight under the instrument flight rules (IFR) or at night under the VFR and the aircraft is appropriately equipped for flight at night or under the IFR.,..[19],[20] A pilot who does not hold a night visual flight rules rating or an instrument rating must not depart unless the estimated arrival time for the destination (or alternate) is at least 10 minutes before last light allowing for any required holding. [21]

Risks of flying in areas of reduced visual cues

Night flying in remote areas is an inherently high-risk operation due to the absence or degradation of the visual references for establishing an aircraft’s attitude and position. This risk is increased to unacceptable levels when night flying is attempted by pilots without night VFR or instrument flying qualifications.

The attempt to continue to the intended destination in fading or absence of daylight in this case, might have been reinforced by the availability of a well-marked but unlit road that could to some extent compensate for the navigational difficulties usually associated with degraded visibility. The pilot reportedly did not have any previous night flying experience.

The ATSB has previously highlighted the risk associated with VFR flight in dark environmental conditions. The ATSB Avoidable accidents booklet, ‘Visual flight at night accidents: What you can’t see can still hurt you’ (AR-2012-122) describes that on average between 1993 and 2012, there were nearly two accidents per year as a result of visual flight at night. Importantly, accidents at night tend to be unforgiving, with 75% of these accidents resulting in fatal outcomes. For the accidents during night visual conditions, half involved a loss of aircraft control, most likely due to the influence of perceptual illusions caused by the lack of visual cues. The other half involved controlled flight into terrain, where the pilot probably did not know of the terrain’s proximity immediately before impact. Nearly all of these accidents occurred on dark nights.

Similar occurrences

AO-2011-087

On the evening of 27 July 2011, the owner-pilot of a Robinson R22 helicopter was conducting a local flight from Big Rock Dam to Brooking Springs homestead near Fitzroy Crossing, Western Australia. The pilot was reported missing and the wreckage of the helicopter was located the following day, 14 km north-west of Fitzroy Crossing township. The helicopter was seriously damaged and the pilot sustained fatal injuries.

The pilot was attempting to fly visually at low level on a dark night in an area that did not contain any local ground lighting. About halfway into the flight, the pilot inadvertently allowed the helicopter to develop a high rate of descent, resulting in a collision with terrain.

The ATSB investigation found that the pilot was operating at night without the appropriate training or qualification in a helicopter that was not suitably equipped. An examination of the helicopter found no evidence of any pre-existent defects or anomalies.

AO-2014-144

On the afternoon of 25 August 2014, the pilots of two Robinson R22 helicopters were ferrying the helicopters from Yeeda to Springvale via a refuelling stop at Leopold Downs, within the Kimberley region of Western Australia. The pilot who was ahead by about 10 NM (18 km) arrived at Springvale about 40 minutes after last light but the pilot of the second helicopter did not arrive as expected.

A search using helicopters began early the next morning and the overdue helicopter was found in a seriously damaged state, close to the intended track and 25 NM (46 km) west of Springvale. The pilot had been fatally injured.

The ATSB found that the pilot, who did not hold a night visual flight rules (VFR) rating or instrument rating, continued flying towards the destination after last light (end of civil twilight), then in dark night conditions without local ground lighting, inadvertently allowed the helicopter to descend into terrain.

AO-2016-031

On 7 April 2016, the pilots of two Robinson R22 helicopters flew from Mossman, Queensland to various fishing locations to the north with a passenger in each helicopter. Late in the afternoon, the pilots commenced the direct return flight to Mossman. However, the pilots encountered weather and winds that slowed their progress and required them to refuel at Cooktown.

The pilots departed Cooktown at last light intending to track via the coast to Mossman. As the flights progressed, the light available from the sun continued to decrease and there was no moon. There were also patches of cloud and rain in the general area.

Shortly after passing Cape Tribulation, in dark night conditions, one of the helicopters collided with the sea. The passenger was injured in the accident but was able to reach the shore and notify emergency services. Unaware of the accident, the occupants of the other helicopter continued to Mossman. A search was initiated and the missing helicopter was located on 9 April 2016 in about 400 m offshore in about 10 m of water. The pilot was not located.

The ATSB found that the pilot, who was only qualified to operate in day-VFR conditions, departed on a night flight and continued towards the destination in deteriorating visibility until inadvertently allowing the helicopter to descend into water.

These fatal collisions all involved pilots of R22 helicopters attempting to fly visually at low-level on dark nights in areas that did not contain any local ground lighting.

Safety analysis

The speed of the impact in a nose-down, left-skid-low attitude indicated that the pilot collided with terrain with substantial energy. This, along with the helicopter rotor damage, were consistent with delivery of engine power to the rotors and at least some control. The following analysis examines the circumstances of the occurrence to identify the contributing factors and any safety implications.

Flying at low-level and collisions

Powerline

The timing and physical appearance of the severed powerline on the Kennedy Development Road was consistent with contact with the helicopter. The distance from Wongalee Station to the severed powerline along the Kennedy Development Road was about 68 km, which was consistent with a speed of about 64 kt (119 km/h) had the pilot been following the road. It was likely that in the dark conditions, the pilot navigated by following the road centreline illuminated by the helicopter’s landing lights.

Assuming the pilot was aware he had flown through a powerline, it should have served as an additional warning that he was flying with reduced visibility and risked a collision with terrain at this time.

Terrain

VH-HKC collided with terrain after departing from flight shortly after a bend above the unsealed and unmarked Pretty Plains Camden Park Rd. The pilot was almost certainly using this road for navigation. In the absence of ground lighting and a poor reflective surface after leaving the road, therefore losing his visual reference, the pilot left the SE heading road and flew at low-level over open grassland in a SE direction with a line of trees to the left until inadvertently descending into terrain at a speed of about 37 kt on a flight path angle of about 13 degrees nose down. The collision occurred at about 2000 EST which was in the period of astronomical twilight (after dark).

Operation at night

The pilot’s family advised that the pilot avoided flying at night and predominantly only flew over their own property. CASA flight crew licensing information showed that the pilot did not hold a night VFR or instrument rating. The logbook for VH-HKC confirmed that the helicopter was not certified for instrument flight rule (IFR) or night VFR operations and was not equipped with suitable instruments for this type of operation.

Within 5 minutes of departure from Wongalee, the pilot was flying at night, with no illumination being provided by the moon or stars. There was very minimal terrestrial lighting with the roads unlit and homesteads sparsely located. The remote Kennedy Development Road carries a low level of traffic. A collision with a powerline over the road occurred 29 minutes after last light (1954) and the collision with terrain about 35 minutes after last light (2000). In such conditions and in particular after the loss of power to local stations as a result of the cut powerline, the available visual references for establishing an aircraft’s attitude and position were degraded or absent.

The conditions on 11 February 2021 were particularly dark after departure from Wongalee Station. It was after moonset and sunset with the moon only 1% illuminated and in overcast weather. The flight after this time continued through the entire periods of civil and nautical twilight.

In very dark conditions such as rural areas, the skills needed to fly an aircraft at night are vastly different to day VFR flights, and may even exceed the capabilities of some pilots trained in night VFR operations.

Pilot’s operational decision making and opportunities to discontinue flight

The pilot did not assess that weather conditions in the vicinity of Reedy Springs and Cargoon were unsuitable for flight in a helicopter only equipped for flight under the visual flight rules (VFR). The pilot’s decision to depart Reedy Springs during a clearing in the weather was made in a hurry and without consideration of an alternate plan. The pilot subsequently became lost and close to fuel exhaustion before flying at low-level under powerlines at Camden Park Station.

The pilot did not consider suggestions at both Camden Park and Wongalee stations to discontinue his flight. Despite arriving at the familiar Wongalee Station within the prescribed 15 minutes before last light, the pilot elected to continue to his destination, likely by navigating at low-level, using a sealed highway. The pilot continued flying despite colliding with a powerline above the highway and flying into the night in dark conditions without the assistance of ground lighting.

The pilot also had opportunities to land the helicopter at a safe location and communicate by satellite phone or activate the personal locator beacon to obtain assistance.

The decisions that the pilot made both before departing Reedy Springs and during the flight both at Camden Park and Wongalee Station, including importantly, the decision to continue towards his destination despite offers of accommodation and attempts at discouraging continuing flight resulted in the pilot flying in dark night conditions where the eventual collision with terrain would have been difficult to avoid.

No helicopter endorsement

CASA flight crew licensing information indicated that the pilot’s license was not endorsed for helicopters. The pilot had considerable experience flying helicopters over many years but predominantly over his own familiar property during day visual meteorological conditions. At the time of the accident the pilot was operating outside the regulations without a helicopter endorsement and in night conditions.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the collision with terrain in dark night conditions involving Robinson R22 Beta II helicopter, registered VH-HKC, which occurred 87 km north of Hughenden, Queensland on 11 February 2021. The findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

Contributing factors

  • While attempting to fly visually at low level, on a dark night without local ground lighting, the pilot inadvertently allowed the helicopter to descend, resulting in a collision with terrain.
  • The pilot was operating at night without the appropriate night flying qualification or experience, in a helicopter that was not suitably equipped for night operations.
  • The pilot continued flying towards the intended destination after last light (end of civil twilight), then in dark night conditions without local ground lighting despite opportunities available to discontinue the flight.

Other factors that increased risk

  • The pilot made a decision to depart on the flight without prior planning. A number of operational and navigational decisions made by the pilot during the flight did not adequately address the risk of visual flight into dark night conditions.
  • It was very likely that the helicopter struck a powerline above the Kennedy Developmental Road while flying at low-level in poor light.

Other (key) findings

  • The pilot held a private pilot's license for aeroplane operations, however, was not endorsed for helicopter operations.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Queensland Police Service (Hughenden Police and Townsville Forensic Crash Unit)
  • the next-of-kin of the pilot
  • witnesses from Camden Park and Wongalee Stations, Queensland
  • Ergon Energy, Queensland
  • the maintainer of VH-HKC
  • Robinson helicopters

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Queensland Police Service (Hughenden Police and Townsville Forensic Crash Unit)
  • the next-of-kin of the pilot
  • witnesses from Camden Park and Wongalee Stations, Queensland
  • Ergon Energy, Queensland

Submissions were received from;

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Queensland Police Service (Hughenden Police and Townsville Forensic Crash Unit)

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Eastern Standard Time (EST) was Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 10 Hours

[2]     The low fuel light illuminated when there was10 litres of fuel remaining

[3]     Pretty Plains Station was the residence of a son of the pilot

[4]     Wongalee Station, subject to building works at the time of the accident was the residence of another son of the pilot

[5]     This required 15-20 litres of Avgas to fill the tanks which was done with the engine running

[6]     The tripped powerline was a 19.1 kV single-wire earth return (SWER) transmission line supplying single-phase electrical power to homesteads in the area including Mt Sturgeon, Pretty Plains and Camden Park Stations. This event was recorded and reported by Ergon Energy

[7]     Locally known as Hann Highway with sealing and line marking of the road (from The Lynd to Hughenden) completed in 2017 under the Federal Government Northern Australia Roads Program

[8]     Visual flight rules (VFR) are a set of regulations which allow a pilot to only operate an aircraft in weather conditions generally clear enough to allow the pilot to see where the aircraft is going.

[9]     The other seat had been removed from the aircraft by the pilot.

[10]    The following scale is used for the IR imagery (purple=coldest, dark grey=warmest).

[11]    The red patches represent lightning strikes which occurred in the 10 minutes prior to the image time, and the orange dots for strikes recorded in the period 10 to 30 minutes prior to the image.

[12]    Reedy Springs (R) Wongalee (W) Hughenden (H) and Mt Sturgeon (S) marked on map. Location of VH-HKC at time of image denoted by the helicopter icon.

[13]    Geoscience Australia maintains sunrise, sunset and twilight times and moon/ sun elevation angle on their website at Astronomical Information | Geoscience Australia (ga.gov.au) with a link to the United States Naval Observatory for moon phase data.

[14]    Sunset is defined as the instant in the evening under ideal meteorological conditions, with standard refraction of the Sun's rays, when the upper edge of the sun's disk is coincident with an ideal horizon.

[15]    When the sun is 6° below an ideal horizon. At this time, in the absence of moonlight, artificial lighting or adverse meteorological conditions, the illumination is such that large objects can be seen but no detail is discernible.

[16]    Last light at Wongalee Station on 11 Feb 2021 was 1925.

[17]    When the sun is 12° below an ideal horizon. At this time in the absence of moonlight, artificial lighting or adverse atmospheric conditions, it is dark for normal practical purposes.

[18]    When the sun is 18°below an ideal horizon. At this time the illumination due to scattered light from the Sun is less than that from starlight and other natural light sources in the sky.

[19]    Aeronautical Information Publication Enroute 1.2 Visual Flight Rules 28 Feb 2019.

[20]    Night means the period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of the following morning civil twilight.

[21]    Aeronautical Information Publication Enroute 1.2 Visual Flight Rules 28 Feb 2019.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-006
Occurrence date 11/02/2021
Location 87 km north of Hughenden Aerodrome
State Queensland
Report release date 09/02/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level Fatal

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Robinson Helicopter Co
Model R22 Beta
Registration VH-HKC
Serial number 3666
Sector Helicopter
Operation type Private
Departure point Wongalee Station, Queensland
Destination Reedy Springs Station, Queensland
Damage Destroyed

Cabin depressurisation involving Airbus A330, VH-EBK, 235 NM (435 km) south-west of Adelaide, South Australia, on 5 February 2021

Final report

Report release date: 21/03/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On 4 February 2021, VH-EBK, an Airbus A330-202 operated by Qantas Airways, departed Sydney, New South Wales, on a scheduled air transport flight to Perth, Western Australia. About 2 hours into the flight the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) triggered a red CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning alert due to the cabin altitude exceeding 9,550 ft. The alert’s procedure required the flight crew to don their oxygen masks and initiate an emergency descent.

The aircraft’s pressurisation data, however, indicated that the pressurisation system was operating normally, leading the flight crew to doubt the validity of the alert. As a result, they sought additional information, including guidance from the Flight Crew Techniques Manual (FCTM). This, and other distractions, resulted in the flight crew delaying the actioning of the required procedural response. About 7 minutes after the alert triggered, the flight crew donned their oxygen masks, and commenced a diversion to Adelaide with a precautionary descent to 10,000 ft. Shortly after the descent was initiated, the pressurisation system data indicated a sudden increase in the displayed cabin altitude, to which the flight crew responded by immediately commencing an emergency descent. The aircraft levelled at 10,000 ft and continued to Adelaide without further incident.

What the ATSB found

The aircraft was fitted with dual Cabin Pressure Controllers (CPCs) that automatically controlled the aircraft’s pressurisation—one CPC controlled pressurisation while the other operated as a backup. During the flight, a fault occurred in the pressure sensor of the CPC in control, but due to design limitations, that CPC was unable to detect the fault. The fault resulted in the loss of cabin pressure control and the aircraft to slowly depressurise. The loss of cabin pressure was detected by the standby CPC, which triggered the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert when the cabin altitude exceeded 9,550 ft. The design limitation meant that the systems display continued to present pressurisation data from the CPC in control, which directly conflicted with the alert.

An Airbus service bulletin that would have corrected the design limitations and prevented the loss of cabin pressure control from the pressure sensor fault was not incorporated on VH-EBK.

As the data presented by the faulty CPC conflicted with the alert, the flight crew responded to the red warning alert by seeking evidence to verify the failure, thereby delaying the execution of the required procedure. The delay was further compounded by uncertainty on the procedural guidance in the FCTM. The crew focussed on the need for data to support an emergency descent and did not consider the potential risk of depressurisation, delaying their use of oxygen to avoid the risk of hypoxia.

In response to the design limitations, Airbus required flight crew to action the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert irrespective of whether there was confirmatory data. However, both the operator’s and Airbus’ operating philosophies encouraged flight crew to seek confirmatory evidence of a failure before executing the required procedure. While the specific Airbus requirement for this alert was contained within a preamble to the FCOM abnormal procedure; it was not part of the ‘read and do’ procedural steps in response to the alert, and reliant on memory recall.

The mitigations introduced by Airbus to counter the design limitation associated with the A330 cabin pressure control systems were ineffective because the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert operational procedure did not ensure appropriate management of the fault, while the service bulletin had very limited uptake in the global fleet.

The investigation further identified that the operator’s training system did not adequately cover the unique requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure, increasing the risk of an incorrect or delayed application of the procedure.

What has been done as a result

The operator modified its training to ensure that the unique requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT red warning alert procedure are properly covered in all aspects of the training program. The operator and Airbus have modified the FCTM content to properly reflect the requirements of the preamble to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure in the FCOM.

The operator’s fleet was checked for similar CPC faults. No other aircraft were identified with the same type of fault. All applicable CPCs within that fleet have been upgraded via the SB. The operator also established an enhanced CPC fault alert policy and monitoring system to manage suspected faulty CPCs.

Airbus advised that an evaluation of the mitigations used to address the design limitations associated with the cabin pressure control system in the A330 aircraft was underway as part of a product enhancement activity. However, as proposed safety action and a timeline were not provided, the ATSB issued a safety recommendation to support Airbus’ intended action.

Safety message

When there is a risk of aircraft depressurisation and hypoxia, the flight crew’s priority must be to immediately commence the use of oxygen.

Checklists are an aid to the memory and help ensure that critical items necessary for the safe operation of the aircraft are not overlooked or forgotten. Therefore, all essential components of a procedure must be included within that procedure’s checklist, whether the checklist is electronic or in paper form.

Airbus A320, A330, and A340 aircraft operators are encouraged to pro-actively incorporate the Airbus service bulletins intended to prevent similar cabin depressurisations from Cabin Pressure Controller pressure sensor faults.

 

The occurrence

At 2236 Eastern Daylight-saving Time[1] on 4 February 2021, an Airbus A330-202 registered VH‑EBK and operated by Qantas Airways, departed Sydney, New South Wales, on a scheduled air transport flight to Perth, Western Australia. There were 2 flight crew, 8 cabin crew and 61 passengers on board. The flight crew comprised the captain, who was the pilot flying (PF), and the first officer, who was the pilot monitoring (PM).[2]

The aircraft reached its initial cruise altitude of flight level (FL) 400[3] at 2308. At 0053 on 5 February, shortly after passing position SUBUM,[4] the aircraft’s Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) triggered a red warning alert identifying that the cabin altitude had exceeded 9,550 ft (see the section titled Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor). This alert triggered the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT message, and its associated abnormal procedure was displayed on the primary ECAM display. That procedure required the flight crew to immediately don oxygen masks and commence an emergency descent. The alert also caused the cabin pressure system information to be displayed to the pilots on the System Display (SD). The data presented on that display indicated that the pressurisation system was operating normally.

Delay in actioning alert

As the displayed pressurisation system data conflicted with the ECAM alert, the flight crew did not immediately commence the abnormal procedure. The captain’s uncertainty about the alert’s validity was based on observations that:

  • A related pressurisation alert that normally preceded a CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert had not occurred (see the section titled Pressurisation system).
  • While the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure required an immediate emergency descent, there was no other evidence of depressurisation.

The first officer, while somewhat unsure, assessed that the alert required actioning of the procedure.

Due to the conflicting information, the flight crew sought further information about the condition of the pressurisation system. However, about 1 minute after the alert had triggered, and as they were examining system indications to determine if there was a fault, the Customer Service Manager (CSM) called the flight deck to advise that the cabin lights and seatbelt signs had illuminated (see the section titled Cabin altitude alerts).

On completion of that call, and some 3 minutes after the alert had triggered, the first officer advised the captain of having recently read guidance on cabin pressurisation faults in the Flight Crew Techniques Manual. When the relevant section in that manual was reviewed, the captain found the information to be contradictory, resulting in further discussion about the intent of the guidance. During this discussion, there was also a further brief call from the CSM.

Crew action

After further discussion of the ECAM alert, at 0100, the flight crew donned their oxygen masks. About 2 minutes later, they determined that the abnormal procedure would be actioned. However, they also decided that, instead of an emergency descent, a precautionary descent[5] to 10,000 ft[6] would be conducted and the flight diverted to Adelaide.

Melbourne air traffic control (ATC) was flight following[7] the aircraft through the controller-pilot data link communications[8] however, the first officer called Brisbane ATC using high frequency band radio communications to advise the technical issue. A PAN PAN[9] was declared on that frequency. Brisbane ATC was also notified of the need to descend due to the aircraft’s pressurisation issue, and the intention to divert. During these communications, at 0105, the aircraft commenced a descent from FL 400 and turned towards Adelaide (Figure 1). Brisbane ATC acknowledged the PAN call at 0106.

Figure 1: VH-EBK track and principal events

Figure 1: VH-EBK track and principal events

Source: Google earth, modified by ATSB

About 2 minutes after commencing the descent, the flight crew identified that the cabin pressurisation data presented on the SD page had changed. The cabin altitude was now red (to highlight that it had exceeded 9,550 ft) and now indicating about 12,400 ft, while the other pressurisation indications were indicative of the cabin depressurising. The flight crew immediately responded by commencing an emergency descent. At 0108, the first officer transmitted a MAYDAY[10] call, which was acknowledged by Brisbane ATC.

During the descent, the flight crew diverted the aircraft to the north of the intended direct flight path to Adelaide to avoid significant weather. Brisbane ATC and Qantas attempted to contact the aircraft on a number of occasions during the descent, however, the flight crew did not respond until after the aircraft was established at 10,000 ft.

The flight crew noted that the pressurisation system returned to normal operation during the descent and continued to operate normally for the rest of the flight. The aircraft landed at Adelaide at 0202 without further incident.

Context

Pilot information

Both the captain and the first officer held Air Transport Pilot Licences (Aeroplane) with Class 1 aviation medical certificates and were appropriately qualified for the flight. They also reported being well rested and alert at the commencement of duty. No evidence indicating flight crew fatigue was identified.

The captain had accumulated about 17,100 hours of flight experience, of which about 8,000 hours were on the Airbus A330 (A330). In the previous 90 days, the captain had flown about 4 hours on A330 type aircraft. The first officer had accumulated about 15,700 hours of flight experience, of which about 4,100 hours were on the A330 with 15 hours flown in the previous 90 days.

Refresher training

As a result of the COVID 19 pandemic, the operator had significantly reduced its flight schedule in the 12 months preceding the occurrence. In the case of flight crews, this resulted in their rotation through a period of flying followed by an extended period of furlough. To ensure flight crews met operational standards prior to commencement of a flying cycle following furlough, the operator required them to complete a refresher program comprising simulator and training sessions. Scheduling requirements also ensured that returning flight crew were partnered with flight crew who had already completed several flights.

The captain had just completed the refresher program and the occurrence flight was the first in the new flying cycle. The first officer had completed the refresher cycle in the week preceding the occurrence and had completed 2 sectors 4 days prior to the occurrence.

The flight crew reported that the recency training provided to them by the operator had effectively prepared them for the flying cycle.

Aircraft information

Commercial aircraft, such as the A330, typically fly at altitudes of between 30,000 and 40,000 ft. As the air pressure and temperature at these altitudes is insufficient to maintain consciousness (or support life beyond a few minutes) the aircraft’s cabin must be pressurised. If cabin pressurisation is not maintained below the equivalent of 10,000 ft in altitude, hypoxia becomes a primary safety concern.

Hypoxia

Hypoxia is defined as a lack of oxygen in the body tissues, which is most often the result of a shortage of oxygen in the air being breathed. Individuals differ considerably in their ability to withstand hypoxia, such that in the early stages, one person may be more seriously affected than others.

While hypoxia and its effects are most critical at altitudes above about 20,000 ft, exposure to altitudes within the 11,000 ft to 20,000 ft range can lead to cognitive impairment that can critically affect the performance of flight crew. It is for this reason that flight crew are required to use oxygen when the aircraft’s cabin altitude exceeds 10,000 ft.

The A330 oxygen system

The A330 has separate oxygen systems for the flight crew and the passenger cabin. The flight crew’s oxygen supply is accessible at each flight crew station through a pre-connected full-face quick-donning mask and associated controls. To access oxygen, the flight crew member is required to perform specific steps to extract and then don the mask, which also initiates oxygen flow.

Passengers in the aircraft’s cabin are provided with oxygen through an independent oxygen system. When the cabin’s pressure altitude exceeded about 14,000 ft, detected by a pressure sensor separate to that used for cabin pressure control, individual masks for each passenger deploy above the passenger’s seat. A pre-recorded announcement that broadcasts instructions to the passengers also automatically commences as the masks deploy. The deployment process can also be initiated through a switch selection on the flight deck.

Pressurisation system

The aircraft pressurisation system regulates the flow of air to achieve a cabin pressure equivalent to an altitude that provides sufficient oxygen for normal human function. Pressurisation is achieved by pumping air from air‑conditioning units (commonly referred to as packs) into the cabin and then regulating the outflow of that air, and therefore the cabin’s altitude, through outflow valves (Figure 2). Conditioned air in the A330 is provided to the aircraft’s pressurised zones by 2 packs and controlled through two outflow valves located towards the rear of the fuselage.

Figure 2: Simplified pressurisation system overview

Figure 2: Simplified pressurisation system overview

Description: A simplified view of the A330 pressurisation system. Note that the overview does not include other pressurisation system components.

Source: Airbus (modified by ATSB)

The general structure and operation of the A330 pressurisation system (Figure 3) was as follows:

  • Two identical, independent, cabin pressure controllers (CPC1 and CPC2) provided automatic cabin pressure control using data from multiple sources within the aircraft. The data enabled the controlling CPC to determine an outflow valve position to achieve the required cabin pressure, and the required rate of change of that pressure. Both CPC1 and CPC2 have their own independent cabin pressure sensor to determine cabin altitude.
  • Each CPC controlled its own electric motor on each of the two outflow valves, enabling a single CPC to control both outflow valves’ position.
  • A controller and its two motors comprised a system. Only one system operated at a time (control system) while the other acted as a backup (standby system). In normal operation, pressurisation was fully automated through the CPC in control.
  • If the controlling system failed, the backup system would automatically take control of the aircraft’s pressurisation. However, this automatic transfer only occurred when the failure was of a specific type. When a faulty CPC remained as the active controller, a forced changeover could be accomplished using a reset procedure.
  • If the CPCs were in automatic mode and the cabin altitude reached 15,000 ft, the outflow valves automatically closed. The pressure switch that closed the valves was independent of the CPC pressure sensors.
  • In the event of failure of both automatic systems, a third electric motor placed on each outflow valve enabled manual pressurisation control from the flight deck. A third pressure sensor provided cabin pressure data for manual control of aircraft pressurisation.

Figure 3: A330 pressurisation system

Figure 3: A330 pressurisation system

Source: Airbus

CPC pressure sensor fault detection

Each CPC monitored for pressure sensor faults by checking whether the sensor’s output:

  • was outside of a specified range
  • was not plausible, such that the difference between the cabin pressure and the outside pressure was outside of a defined range.
  • had not updated for more than 1 second.

If one of these criteria was met, the CPC logged a fault and switched to the other controller’s pressure sensor for cabin pressure control.

Electronic centralized aircraft monitor

The flight crew were provided with engine and aircraft systems information through the electronic centralized aircraft monitor (ECAM), which had two main functions:

  • detecting and alerting the flight crew to malfunctions or unsafe conditions through visual and aural cues, and displaying relevant procedural actions for those malfunctions.
  • presentation of aircraft systems and sensor data on the engine and warning display (EWD) and the system display (SD) (Figure 4).

Figure 4: Flight deck front panels

Flight deck front panels    The figure shows the location and exploded view of the EWD and SD, with the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure and CAB PR alert shown on the EWD and the associated CAB PRESS page displayed on the SD.

The figure shows the location and exploded view of the EWD and SD, with the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure and CAB PR alert shown on the EWD and the associated CAB PRESS page displayed on the SD.

Source: Airbus, modified by ATSB.

ECAM used a colour coded system to aid in identifying the importance of information presented on the EWD and SD (Figure 4). The system used:

  • red for immediate action required
  • amber for awareness but immediate action need not be taken
  • green to identify normal operation
  • white for titles and remarks
  • blue for actions to be carried out or limitations.

The ECAM alert classification and priority system, detailed at Table 1, also used this colour coded system to assist flight crew in identifying the safety urgency of a detected malfunction or unsafe condition.

Table 1: ECAM failure mode alert classification and priority

Alert levelAlert colourAlert significanceFlight crew response
3RedSafety priority

A system failure or condition that alters flight safety.

Immediate action by the flight crew is required.

2AmberAbnormal priority

A system failure that did not have a direct consequence on flight safety but required crew awareness.

Action should be taken without delay, time and situation permitting.

1AmberSystem degradation

A failure that leads to a loss of redundance or system degradation.

Crew awareness and then monitoring.

The data presented in this table is a simplified version of the ECAM alert classification system used by Airbus. It has been structured for the purposes of this investigation and should not be used for any other purposes.

Cabin pressurisation information could be displayed on the SD through the cabin pressure (CAB PRESS) system page (see SD at Figure 4). The displayed data was sourced from the controlling CPC and its associated cabin pressure sensor. During normal operations, the displayed information on this page included identification of the controlling CPC system (SYS1 or SYS2), cabin differential pressure (ΔP), cabin vertical speed (V/S), cabin altitude (CAB ALT), and the position of both outflow valves (FWD and AFT).

Cabin altitude alerts

There were two ECAM alerts related to high cabin altitude.

  • If the cabin altitude sensed by the controlling CPC was between 8,800 ft and 9,550 ft, an information advisory would be displayed to the flight crew advising that the aircraft’s cabin altitude was outside normal operating parameters. For that advisory, the:
    • EWD would display the CAB ALT advisory alert.
    • cabin altitude indicator on the SD page would pulse green.
    • procedure required to be actioned by the flight crew was contained in the Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) and involved changing the controlling CPC.
  • If the cabin altitude sensed by either CPC was above 9,550 ft, the:
    • EWD would display the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning alert (a level 3 alert).
    • aural and visual alerts associated with a level 3 alert activated.
    • SD would display the CAB PRESS system page.
    • sensed cabin altitude on the SD page would be red.
    • procedure required to be actioned by the flight crew would be displayed on the EWD.
    • cabin and seatbelt signs would illuminate.

Operational information

Manuals

The operator provided flight crew with a suite of operating manuals that contained policy, procedures, and crew actions for most normal and non-normal flight operations. This set of manuals included:

  • the Flight Administration Manual (FAM) and Flight Standing Orders (FSO) policy and procedures manuals.
  • aircraft operating manuals, which for the A330 comprised the QRH and the Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM).
  • training and checking manuals, which for the A330 included the Flight Crew Techniques Manual (FCTM).

Policy and procedure manuals

The FAM set out the operator’s policy, standards, and procedures, which were to be adhered to under all circumstances by flight crew when operating company aircraft. FAM policy could limit or provide additional definition or scope in the application of operational procedures.[11]

When abnormal conditions developed, the FAM stated that the flight crew’s hierarchy of references was the ECAM, the QRH, the FCOM and the FAM. The FCTM provided guidance on operating philosophy and practices. Time permitting, the FCTM could be referenced inflight, however, it was not intended to be the prime reference to address abnormal conditions.

Significantly, the FAM stated that flight crew were required to use oxygen whenever the cabin altitude exceeded 10,000 ft.

A330 Quick reference handbook

Some abnormal and emergency procedures were not displayed on ECAM. These procedures were available as checklists in the QRH. The EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure was one of those.

A330 Flight crew operating manual

The Qantas A330 FCOM was an Airbus document that was customised for the operator’s aircraft. It was intended to provide all necessary operating limitations, procedures, performance, and system information to enable flight crews to operate the A330 aircraft safely and efficiently during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. The FCOM also contained a statement that declared its content to be sufficiently comprehensive to be used as a reference for initial and refresher flight crew training.

Text within the FCOM was arranged into 3 layers, based on its level of importance:

  • Layer 1: ‘Need to know’ information.
  • Layer 2: ‘Nice to know’ information designed to enable a full understanding of the logic of the aircraft and flight crew interfaces.
  • Layer 3: information that provided more detailed explanations, but not necessarily needed in flight.

The FCOM also identified the safety imperative attached to an operating procedure or techniques. This was achieved through the following structure:

A330 flight crew operating manual
Abnormal and emergency procedures

The procedures section of the FCOM included a subsection that covered abnormal and emergency procedures. The presentation of those procedures was, as far as practicable, designed to be identical to how it was displayed on ECAM. Aside from the specific design of the layers, the following observations were relevant to the structure of these procedures:

  • All actions and information displayed on ECAM were provided in large text, while other information not on ECAM was provided in small text. This type of information was generally labelled as Layer 1.
  • A procedure could have distinct preconditions necessary for the next step. These preconditions were identified and included in the FCOM procedure. If a precondition was to be displayed on ECAM, this was readily identifiable through standardised formatting within the FCOM.
CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure

When the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert triggered, the EWD displayed the following procedure to the flight crew:

CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT

These ECAM procedural items were to be executed using a ‘read‑&‑do’ principle, where each line item was to be read, applied, and the action monitored before moving onto the next item. As the flight crew actioned each line item, further elements of the procedure would be displayed.

The FCOM content for the procedure included the following additional layer 1 information that preceded the procedure:

Rely on the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning even if not confirmed on the CAB PRESS SD page. This warning can be triggered by a cabin pressure sensor different from the one used to control the pressure and display the cabin altitude on the SD.

This extra information was not displayed on the EWD when the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert triggered.

Memory item procedures

Certain procedures or actions required of the flight crew were time critical to ensure safety of flight. In these situations, the flight crew may not have time to refer to the ECAM or the QRH, and so these items were required to be memorised. Procedures that contained these memory items were clearly identified in the FCOM. The EMERGENCY DESCENT was a memory item procedure, but the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure was not.

Flight crew techniques manual

The FCTM provided information that was complementary to the FCOM. This included general Airbus operational philosophy, additional information on FCOM procedures, as well as best practice and operating techniques.

The Abnormal and Emergency Procedures Miscellaneous section of the FCTM contained guidance on the conduct of an emergency descent. That guidance commenced with information that was specifically relevant to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure (Figure 5).

Figure 5: FCTM emergency descent guidance

Figure 5: FCTM emergency descent guidance

Source: Airbus

The second paragraph contained guidance that the flight crew respond to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning by executing the EMERGENCY DESCENT memory item procedure. The content of the EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure and the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT abnormal procedure contained the same procedural items, but their order of execution was different. In addition, the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure was a read‑&‑do structured procedure.

Operating philosophy

While the policies and procedures necessary to operate an aircraft cover a broad spectrum of normal, abnormal, and emergency operational matters, they cannot cover all possible circumstances. In providing guidance on how to address circumstances not covered by these policies and procedures, both Airbus and the operator made use of an overarching philosophy. That philosophy should set out a clear order of priorities that apply under all circumstances, but which must also be consistent with policies and procedures (Degani 1997).

Airbus operating philosophy

The use of a philosophy of practice was evident in the general structure for the conduct of abnormal and emergency procedures within the A330 FCOM and FCTM. The FCOM contained a procedure that covered the initial actions for an ECAM alert, and while it did not contain any guidance on the general conduct of abnormal procedures, it did make direct reference to FCTM material that covered the management of abnormal operations.

The FCTM contained a section titled Airbus Operational Philosophy. Included within that section was a chapter on procedure design, and in particular, design of abnormal and emergency procedures. The following operational philosophy principles applied to these procedures:

  • In most situations the applicable sequence should be, in order of priority, memory items, ECAM and then QRH.
  • ECAM listed procedures were to be conducted using a ‘read‑&‑do’ method.

The general procedure for handling an ECAM alert in the FCTM included certain initial actions (Figure 6). The red boxed item identifies that standard ECAM procedure is to confirm an alert through checking flight deck instrument panels and/or the associated SD before taking action ‑ although it was noted that the sensors supplying these panels/SD pages may be different from the sensor that triggered the ECAM alert.

Figure 6: FCTM Airbus philosophy for ECAM actions

Figure 6: FCTM Airbus philosophy for ECAM actions

Source: Airbus

Qantas operating philosophy

While the FAM had no specific operating philosophy content, particularly in relation to the conduct of abnormal and emergency procedures, the following observations from the FAM were relevant to philosophy content within the rest of the operating suite of manuals:

  • The ECAM and FCOM took precedence in the conduct of abnormal and emergency procedures.
  • The FAM did not include the need for confirmation of a fault before executing an abnormal or emergency procedure.
  • The FCTM was subordinate to the FCOM as a reference source.

In a memo dated June 2020, the operator’s Head of Fleet Operations notified all flight crew of specific requirements for the management of non-normal (abnormal and emergency) events. The memo stated a default position that all flight crew should identify and confirm a malfunction before executing the required procedures. If the alert message could not be positively confirmed as false, then it was to be assumed to be a correct reflection of system status.

The flight crew understood there was a need to confirm a fault before commencing the required procedure.

Training

The operator’s ab initio A330 type training provided flight crew with a computer-based training segment and flight simulator training on the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure. However, the simulator was limited in its capability to reproduce a scenario that met the circumstances of the preamble to this procedure, being only able to produce the alert in conjunction with abnormal pressurisation indications on the SD page.

When interviewed, the captain stated that the simulator depressurisation training always required evidence of a depressurisation before conducting an emergency descent. The flight crew stated that this resulted in a bias towards seeking evidence of depressurisation for the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert before commencing the required emergency descent. Simulator training also stressed the need to establish confirmatory evidence of a fault before actioning the relevant procedure (this was in line with both Airbus and the operator’s philosophy described previously).

The captain did not recall that the preamble in the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure required flight crews to rely on the alert regardless of the SD indications. However, the first officer had recently read the FCTM emergency descent material as part of a self-study component of the post furlough refresher training and hence was aware of the preamble.

In May 2021, the operator conducted an informal survey of a small number of A330 flight crew on their knowledge of the specific requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure’s preamble. Survey responses suggested that this unique requirement was not well known.

Cabin pressure controller system examination

Recorded information

The aircraft was equipped with a quick access recorder (QAR) and flight data recorder (FDR). Figure 7 shows flight data for certain recorded parameters at the time of the incident.

Figure 7: VH-EBK flight data

Figure 7: VH-EBK flight data

Source: Data recorders, interpreted by the ATSB

Review of the data identified that:

  • CPC2 was in control during the entire flight.
  • The aircraft was cruising at FL 400 with CPC1 and CPC2 cabin pressure altitude recording stable values of about 7,100 ft.
  • At about 0032, the CPC1 cabin altitude began to increase. The CPC2 cabin altitude remained unchanged at 7,100 ft.
  • At about 0053, the CPC1 cabin altitude reached 9,560 ft, triggering the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning. Meanwhile, CPC2 cabin altitude remained steady at 7,100 ft.
  • At about 0105, a precautionary descent was initiated. Shortly after, CPC1 recorded a cabin altitude of about 12,500 ft, and the CPC2 cabin altitude almost instantaneously started to record identical cabin altitude values to CPC1.
  • At about 0106, the emergency descent was initiated, and the cabin altitude started to decrease. The CPC1 and CPC2 cabin altitude values remained the same for the rest of the flight.
  • At about 0111, with the aircraft’s altitude indicating 11,500 ft and the cabin altitude about 9,500 ft, the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning deactivated. Shortly after, the aircraft was levelled off at about 10,000 ft.

Maintenance troubleshooting

After the flight, maintenance troubleshooting was conducted on the aircraft’s pressurisation system and each CPC. Pressurisation leak checks were found to be within normal limits, and the pressurisation system seals and valves were in serviceable condition. A post-flight maintenance report indicated that a CPC2 fault message was logged during the flight at 0105. This CPC was subsequently sent to the CPC manufacturer, Nord‑Micro, for examination.

Manufacturer investigation

Nord-Micro’s examination of the CPC2 pressure sensor found that it had experienced an intermittent hardware malfunction. However, the cause of the malfunction could not be determined.

The examination also found that during the flight, at 0032, when the cabin altitude was about 7,100 ft, the CPC2 cabin pressure sensor value appeared to ‘freeze’, but it continued to produce credible data. The faulty pressure sensor affected control of the outflow valves, and over time, this resulted in a loss of cabin pressure. It was not until about 0105, shortly after the precautionary descent was initiated, that the intermittent pressure sensor fault resulted in its output data exceeding any of the CPC’s internal fault detection criteria. At this time, the intermittent fault disappeared, and the pressure sensor started measuring the actual cabin pressure (12,500 ft cabin altitude). According to Nord-Micro, the sharp discontinuity in the pressure sensor value probably exceeded the fault detection criteria, triggering CPC2 to use the CPC1 pressure sensor data for cabin pressure control.

Since the specific cause of the fault could not be determined, Nord-Micro could not confirm if the aircraft’s precautionary descent had any effect on the intermittent fault disappearing.

Previous CPC2 faults

The examination further revealed that the CPC had logged 14 similar fault messages since June 2018 while the aircraft was either on the ground or in cruise flight. Qantas subsequently reviewed QAR data from 2 flights where the fault message was logged. That data showed a similar divergence of the CPC2 cabin altitude value, but the intermittent fault disappeared, and the cabin pressure control returned to normal before any cabin altitude alerts were triggered.

Qantas advised the ATSB that, prior to the occurrence, the CPC2 fault messages were being monitored,[12] but in accordance with the A330 troubleshooting manual, corrective maintenance action was only required within 1,000 flight hours of the logged event.

Airbus corrective action

The preamble

During an investigation into a 2006 in-service A320 cabin depressurisation event, Airbus became aware of a design limitation associated with the CPC systems. In that incident, incorrect but valid pressure sensor values were used by the aircraft’s controlling CPC system, resulting in a loss of control of cabin pressurisation and the eventual triggering of a cabin pressure alert, while at the same time presenting conflicting data on the CAB PRESS system page. The same issue was identified in A330 aircraft during a depressurisation event in 2007.

In order to mitigate the risk of flight crews not executing the required emergency procedure for the cabin pressure alert, a preamble for the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert was introduced into the A320, A330 and A340 Flight Crew Operating Manuals.[13] This preamble directed flight crew to execute the alert irrespective of the data being presented on the CAB PRESS system page. However, the ECAM EWD procedure associated with the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert did not include that direction.

Service bulletin

The previous A320 and A330 cabin depressurisation events in 2006 and 2007 were due to similar CPC pressure sensor failures as that experienced by VH-EBK. In those events, a pressure sensor fault in the controlling CPC was not detected, resulting in normal pressurisation indications to the flight crew and no automatic switchover to the standby CPC. In response to the pressurisation system issues, Airbus and Nord-Micro developed, among other safety enhancements, upgrades to the A320, A330 and A340 pressurisation systems to prevent cabin depressurisations from similar CPC pressure sensor faults.

This upgrade was released by Airbus for A330 aircraft in 2012 as part of service bulletin (SB) A330-21-3163, through CPC software logic updates. It had also been installed in aircraft produced since 2012, and was Airbus’ preferred method for addressing the design limitation. Airbus also advised that there had been limited uptake of the SB in aircraft produced before its release. One of those software changes allowed the CPC in control to use the lowest cabin pressure value of the 2 CPC pressure sensors in the event of a large enough deviation (20 hPa) between those sensors. According to Nord-Micro, had VH-‑EBK been fitted with the updated logic, the cabin depressurisation event would not have occurred.

The SB was classified by Airbus as ‘Recommended’[14] to reduce the likelihood of an inadvertent cabin depressurisation. An ATSB review of this SB identified that it did not include a summary of the operational events as background for the release of the SB, or an explanation of the CPC failure modes and how the accomplishment of the SB would prevent those failure modes.

Qantas assessed this SB in 2012 and again in 2015. These assessments concluded that the SB would be incorporated on attrition (when a CPC failed and needed replacement) based on the historically reliable performance of the CPCs. The SB had not been incorporated on VH-EBK at the time of this occurrence. ATSB review of the Qantas assessments identified that the 2012 assessment had not considered the risk related to incorporation of the SB on an attrition basis compared to early, pro-active completion. Additionally, although previously related operational events known to Airbus existed at the time of the 2015 assessment, these events were not included in the SB and therefore not considered by Qantas in their assessment.

Procedure design

The following extract from Human Performance Considerations in the Use and Design of Aircraft Checklists (Federal Aviation Administration, 1995) provides important guidance about the need for all critical components of a procedure to be included within the method for executing that procedure. While the guidance was in relation to checklist design, it applied with the same force to any ‘read & do’ list applicable to an ECAM procedure.

The complexity of today's aircraft requires a systematic approach to operation. The pilot and crew in fact, are an integral part of an aircraft system. Like any other complex system, when a system component fails, the entire system may be subject to failure.

Checklists have been the foundation of pilot standardization and cockpit safety for years. Such procedures, when applied in a disciplined and standard manner, are intended to support human performance by providing a firm foundation for the task, one which the pilot and crew can depend on during a "low" in performance. The checklist is an aid to the memory and helps to ensure that critical items necessary for the safe operation of aircraft are not overlooked or forgotten.

... From a human factors point of view, the checklist is an important interface between the human and the aircraft. In addition to assisting the crew to configure and operate the aircraft properly, the checklist provides a method and a sequence for verifying the overall system operation. It is an important aid in helping the crew to remain focused to the task at hand by eliminating guesswork that often accompanies periods when crew attention is divided especially during periods of stress or fatigue. The checklist is an important and necessary backup for the pilot and crew.

 

… Although it may be published in a manual, a checklist is designed for independent use so that the user does not have to reference a manual. Checklists are used to ensure that a particular series of specified actions or procedures are accomplished in correct sequence and to verify that the correct configuration has been established in specified phases of flight. 

ECAM provides an electronic automated system for the notification and execution of the procedural actions required of flight crew in response to various systems alerts. ECAM’s functions include those of a checklist, that is to ensure that all necessary procedural actions are completed. As such, all essential procedural elements should be presented on ECAM.

Similar occurrences

Airbus reported that the depressurisation event involving VH-EBK was a rare event, but that there had been 7 similar occurrences since 2016, mostly in A320 aircraft. The following summaries of incidents involving CPC sensor failures commences with the originating A320 event. The other 2 occurrences described were also among the 7 similar ones reported since 2016.

A320 depressurisation event, G-MIDW

An Air Accident Investigation Branch (UK) (AAIB) report discussed a depressurisation event that occurred with an A320 aircraft registered as G-MIDW. On 8 October 2006, while en-route to Glasgow at FL 380, the flight crew of that aircraft received a CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning indicating excessive cabin altitude. However, the SD showed the pressurisation parameters, including the cabin altitude, were normal. The crew believed that the warning was spurious, but donned oxygen masks as a precaution. The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure did not include the preamble component at that time.

Eighteen minutes later they were advised by the cabin crew that the passenger oxygen masks had deployed. An emergency descent to FL100 was initiated, at which level the flight continued to its destination without further incident. Airbus confirmed an unspecified fault in one of the aircraft’s CPCs and commenced investigation of possible improvements to the cabin pressurisation system.

A340 depressurisation event, G-VGAS

An AAIB report discussed a depressurisation event that occurred with an A340 aircraft registered as G-VGAS. On 23 February 2017, while en-route to New York at FL 400, the crew of that aircraft received a CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning indicating an excessive cabin altitude. Although the SD indicated no abnormalities, the ECAM warning remained. Further, 2 crew members and both pilots believed they had symptoms of hypoxia.

The pilots began a descent but, when passing FL 260, the ECAM warning extinguished. The pilots elected to level off at FL 250 and continue towards their destination but, after approximately 30 minutes, the ECAM warning returned. Indications on the pressurisation system display were still normal but the pilots descended the aircraft to an altitude of 11,000 ft. At the same time as the warning of excessive cabin altitude, a fault was recorded in a CPC. Engineers suspected that this caused the cabin outflow valves to open, resulting in a cabin altitude increase.

A320 depressurisation event, AP-BLV

A Safety Investigation Board of Pakistan report discussed a depressurisation event that occurred with an A320 aircraft registered as AP-BLV. On 18 October 2017, while en-route to Karachi at FL 320, that aircraft experienced several CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warnings. The flight crew maintained altitude and attempted to reset the cabin pressurisation system. During this reset all passenger oxygen masks deployed. The aircraft continued to its destination at FL 320.

A post‑flight investigation identified that the controlling CPC failed to regulate the cabin pressure at the desired altitude, and the backup CPC did not automatically take over. The controlling CPC fault caused the cabin altitude to climb, leading to the repeated cabin pressure warnings. The flight crew did not action the alert’s required procedure, but instead unsuccessfully attempted to change controlling CPCs (using an incorrect procedure). The cabin altitude eventually exceeded that required to automatically trigger the cabin masks deployment.

Safety analysis

In the early morning on 5 February 2021, while en route from Sydney to Perth the flight crew of an Airbus A330, registered VH-EBK, received an excess cabin altitude warning during cruise at about 40,000 ft. About 7 minutes later, the flight crew donned their oxygen masks and conducted an emergency descent, diverting to Adelaide without further incident.

The following analysis discusses the circumstances leading to the cabin depressurisation and the factors that influenced the flight crew’s response.

Cabin depressurisation

During cruise with the aircraft’s cabin altitude at 7,100 ft, the controlling cabin pressure controller (CPC2) experienced an intermittent pressure sensor fault, resulting in inaccurate control of the outflow valves. This fault was not automatically detected by CPC2, as the sensor continued to provide credible data. As the automatic transfer of pressurisation control for a sensor fault is dependent on that fault being detected, pressurisation control was not transferred to CPC1, which was functioning correctly. As a result, the aircraft began to slowly depressurise.

About 15 minutes after the undetected pressure sensor fault occurred, the actual cabin altitude (as recorded by CPC1) reached 8,800 ft. However, since CPC2 was still sensing 7,100 ft, the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) advisory message CAB ALT was not activated. This alert was designed to notify the flight crew that the cabin altitude was outside normal operating parameters, but its triggering relied on the controlling CPC detecting this event. About 6 minutes later, the actual cabin altitude exceeded 9,550 ft, and CPC1 triggered the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert on the ECAM. This also resulted in the cabin pressure information being displayed to the flight crew on the CAB PRESS page on the System Display (SD). However, as CPC2 was still in control and sensing a cabin altitude of 7,100 ft, the cabin pressure indications on the CAB PRESS page appeared normal. Consequently, the flight crew were presented with conflicting information.

Cabin pressure controller fault

The preamble

In 2006, Airbus became aware of a design limitation associated with the CPC systems where a faulty cabin pressure sensor in the controlling CPC could cause misleading information to be presented to the flight crew on the CAB PRESS system page. In response, Airbus introduced a preamble into the flight crew operating manual’s (FCOM’s) CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure. The preamble required an immediate response to the ECAM alert by executing the associated procedure displayed on the engine and warning display, irrespective of system data indications.

A critical function of an emergency procedure checklist, or the ECAM ‘read & do’ procedure, is to ensure that items necessary for the safe operation of aircraft are carried out. Airbus introduced the preamble to the FCOM’s CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure as a risk mitigator against the limitations in the CPC fault detection capabilities. The preamble was unique in that it required flight crews to execute the procedure even without confirmatory data. However, this was contrary to an Airbus operating philosophy for flight crew to seek confirmatory evidence of a fault before executing the associated abnormal procedure.

Despite the importance of the preamble, it was not part of the ‘read‑&‑do’ procedural steps presented on the ECAM, and thus not presented to the flight crew during the execution of the required procedure. Instead, the immediate actioning of the procedure in response to the alert (as required by the preamble) was reliant on flight crew memory recall of the preamble’s requirement.

Service bulletin

Following previous CPC faults, Airbus released service bulletins (SB) for the A320, A330 and A340 aircraft types that included CPC software logic updates. For the A330, one of those software changes allowed the CPC in control to use the lowest cabin pressure value of the two CPC pressure sensors if there was a large enough difference between the values. The aircraft did not have this SB incorporated at the time of the incident.

While the SB would not have prevented the intermittent pressure sensor fault observed on VH‑EBK, its incorporation would have resulted in automatic identification of the pressure difference when the cabin altitude was about 8,000 ft, resulting in CPC2 using the CPC1 pressure sensor for cabin pressure control. This would have prevented the depressurisation event and activation of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert.

Crew response

When the red CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning alert was triggered, the flight crew immediately sought confirmatory data consistent with both the Airbus philosophy and the Qantas internal memo dated June 2020. The CAB PRESS page on the SD, however, indicated that the system was operating normally. The captain also identified that there had been no 8,800 ft CAB ALT advisory message preceding the red warning alert, raising questions about whether the controlling CPC was functioning correctly. As previous simulator depressurisation training had reinforced the need to obtain confirmation of a depressurisation before conducting the required emergency descent, the flight crew continued to seek further evidence of depressurisation. Discussion with the customer service manager further delayed the required response.

The first officer retrieved the Flight Crew Techniques Manual (FCTM) for guidance. The captain reported that, upon review, they found the information to be inconsistent and confusing, although the first officer assessed that the information instructed an immediate emergency descent. The confusion over the FCTM information resulted in the flight crew further delaying the execution of the alert’s procedure.

Emergency oxygen

When the aircraft’s cabin altitude exceeds 10,000 ft, the occupants’ risk of hypoxia is significantly elevated. Therefore, the loss of cabin pressurisation notified by the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT is a red warning alert, where the immediate imperative for the flight crew is the use of supplemental oxygen.

On activation of the ECAM alert on this occasion, the flight crew focussed on acquiring data to support the cabin altitude warning alert, and in particular the requirement to conduct an emergency descent for a depressurisation. Consequently, they overlooked the first line of the ECAM procedure, which was for both crew members to use oxygen. The risk from hypoxia is relevant in any cabin pressurisation issue, whether through explosive or slow depressurisation. Although the outflow valves would automatically limit the cabin altitude to 15,000 ft, this is still within the hypoxic range.

Use and content of manuals

When presented with conflicting data for the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert, the flight crew referenced the FCTM and not the FCOM. While the operator’s Flight Administration Manual (FAM) stated that the primary references for operational matters were the ECAM/Quick Reference Handbook (QRH), and then the FCOM and the FAM, the flight crew’s use of the FCTM was probably influenced by the first officer’s recollection that it contained information relevant to depressurisation/emergency descent.

Simulator training

Although actioning the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert was critical to flight safety and could potentially present a unique situation for flight crew, knowledge of the preamble’s unique requirement was not well known among the operator’s flight crew. 

Further, the depressurisation training in the simulator potentially created a bias as flight crews became accustomed to always having supporting evidence of a cabin depressurisation alongside the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert. As such, the operator’s training system did not adequately cover the unique requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure that may be encountered in flight, increasing the risk of an incorrect or delayed application of the required procedure.

Mitigations to CPC design limitation

In response to the possibility of cabin depressurisation events resulting from the CPC design limitation, Airbus introduced two specific mitigations for the A320, A330 and A340 fleets. These mitigations were:

  • to remove the design limitation through the application of improvements to the CPC through application of SBs released in 2012 and 2014
  • procedural changes, which included the incorporation of a preamble to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT abnormal procedure around 2006.

As the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert is a red warning alert, being the highest priority alert, the required procedural response should be designed to ensure a correct application every time with no exceptions. However, since 2016 there have been 7 events of a similar nature to the VH-EBK according to Airbus. Of these 7 events, 2 had indications of the incorrect application of the procedure, where the preamble requirement did not appear to have been applied. The VH-EBK event was a further example.

These events, as well as the potential failure points of the reliance on memory recall and the various operational philosophy aspects, identified that the procedural mitigation did not ensure appropriate management of aircraft experiencing a cabin depressurisation due to the CPC design limitation. Further, while the SB is the Airbus preferred method of addressing the design limitation, there has been very limited uptake in the pre-2012 A320 and A330/340 fleets. Overall, the mitigations introduced to counter the CPC design limitation have not been sufficiently effective.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the depressurisation involving Airbus A330, VH-EBK that occurred on 5 February 2021.

Contributing factors

  • Due to a design limitation associated with the aircraft’s cabin pressure controller (CPC) systems:
    • The controlling CPC was unable to detect a fault with its pressure sensor, resulting in the loss of cabin pressure control and the subsequent increase in cabin altitude.
    • While the backup CPC triggered the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert as required when the cabin altitude exceeded 9,550 ft, the data presented to the flight crew indicated normal cabin altitude.
  • The flight crew responded to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure by observing that there was no confirmatory data and, in seeking evidence to verify the failure, delayed executing the required procedure.
  • A preamble to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure was introduced as a procedural mitigation for the CPC system design limitation. This required flight crew to rely on the alert even if not confirmed by other system data. This mitigation had significant potential for error as:
    • although a critical component to the procedure, the preamble requirement was not part of the ‘read & do’ procedural steps and was reliant on memory recall
    • the required procedural action was contrary to both the operator and aircraft manufacturer’s procedural philosophy of confirming alerts with system data before executing abnormal procedures
  • An Airbus service bulletin (SB), introduced as a mitigation to the CPC design limitation, would have prevented the loss of cabin pressure control from the pressure sensor fault. However, the SB had not been incorporated on this aircraft.
  • The mitigations introduced by Airbus to counter the design limitation associated with the A330 cabin pressure control systems were ineffective because:
    • changes to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert operational procedure did not ensure appropriate management of the fault
    • the service bulletin had very limited uptake in the A330/A340 global fleet. [Safety Issue]
  • The operator’s training system did not adequately cover the unique requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure, increasing the risk of an incorrect or delayed application of the required procedure. [Safety Issue]

Other factors that increased risk

  • Contrary to the operator's Flight Administration Manual policy requirements, the flight crew referenced the Flight Crew Techniques Manual instead of the Flight Crew Operations Manual to resolve the conflicting data presented with the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure.
  • While determining the need to execute the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure, the flight crew focussed on the need for confirmatory data to support an emergency descent and consequently, did not don their oxygen masks, increasing the risk of hypoxia.

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out or are planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

The initial public version of these safety issues and actions will be provided separately on the ATSB website on release of the final investigation report, to facilitate monitoring by interested parties. Where relevant, the safety issues and actions will be updated on the ATSB website after the release of the final report as further information about safety action comes to hand.

Operator training

Safety issue description

The operator’s training system did not adequately cover the unique requirements of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert procedure, increasing the risk of an incorrect or delayed application of the required procedure.

Mitigations to CPC design limitation

Safety issue description

The mitigations introduced by Airbus to counter the design limitation associated with the A330 cabin pressure control systems were ineffective, because:

  • changes to the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert operational procedure did not ensure appropriate management of the fault
  • the service bulletin had very limited uptake in the A330/340 global fleet.


Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Additional safety action addressing the flight crew techniques manual content

Qantas advised of the following modification to the Emergency Descent section of the Flight Crew Techniques Manual:

The flight crew must rely on the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning, even if not confirmed on the CAB PRESS SD because the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning can be triggered by a cabin pressure sensor, different from the one used to control the pressure and display the cabin altitude on the SD. In absence of the CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT warning, the emergency descent should only be initiated on positive confirmation that cabin altitude and rate of climb are excessive and uncontrollable.

The amended content was issued on 1 March 2021.

Qantas maintenance action

Qantas advised of the following maintenance action:

  • The Qantas fleet was checked for similar Cabin Pressure Controller (CPC) faults with no other aircraft identified with the same type of fault.
  • Qantas established an enhanced CPC fault alert policy to manage suspected faulty CPCs.
  • The Qantas A330 fleet was modified to incorporate the Airbus CPC software change and all CPC affected by the subject service bulletin have been modified.

 

Glossary

A330                Airbus type A330 passenger aircraft

ATC                 Air traffic control

CAB PRESS     An ECAM cabin pressurisation system page, which presents data on the current status and operation of the aircraft’s pressurisation system

CPC                 Cabin pressure controller. VH-EBK had two controllers, labelled CPC1 and CPC2.

CPCLD             Controller-pilot data link communications, a system used by ATC for aircraft flight following

CVR                 Cockpit voice recorder

CSM                Customer Service Manager

EWD                Engine and warning display

ECAM              Electronic centralized aircraft monitor

FAM                 Flight administration manual

FCOM              Flight crew operations manual

FCTM               Flight crew techniques manual

FDR                 Flight data recorder

FL                    Flight level

FO                   First officer

MAYDAY          An internationally recognised radio call announcing a distress condition where an aircraft or its occupants are being threatened by serious and/or imminent danger and the flight crew require immediate assistance.

Nord-Micro        Manufacturer of the A330 CPC

PAN PAN         An internationally recognised radio call announcing an urgency condition which concerns the safety of an aircraft or its occupants but where the flight crew does not require immediate assistance.

Preamble          Text that preceded the FCOM’s CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT procedure, which identified the need to execute the procedure irrespective of the data presented on the ECAM SD.

PF                    Pilot flying

PM                   Pilot monitoring

QAR                 Quick access recorder, a derivative of a digital flight data recorder

QRH                Quick reference handbook

SD                   System display

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • the cockpit voice recorder of VH-EBK
  • the flight data recorders of VH-EBK
  • the flight crew of VH-EBK
  • Qantas Airways
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Airbus
  • Nord-Micro.

References

AAIB UK (Air Accident Investigations Branch United Kingdom) (2007) AAIB Bulletin: 7/2007 G-MIDW EW/G2006/10/07, United Kingdom Government Publishing Service website, accessed 26 September 2022.

AAIB UK (2017) AAIB Bulletin: 9/2017 G-VGAS EW/G2017/02/08, United Kingdom Government Publishing Service website, accessed 26 September 2022.

AAIB Pak (Air Accident Investigations Board Pakistan) (2017) SIB-399: SERIOUS INCIDENT OF PIAC FLTGHT PK-369 (ISB TO KHI) A320-214 AIRCRAFT REG NO AP-BLV CABIN PRESSURE LOST FOLLOWED BY OXYGEN MASKS DROPPING DATED 18 OCTOBER 2017, Pakistan Civil Aviation Authority website, accessed 26 September 2022.

CAA UK (Civil Aviation Authority United Kingdom) (2017) CAP 708: Guidance on the design, presentation and use of electronic checklists, CAA UK website, accessed 26 September 2022.

Degani A, and Wiener E L (1997) ‘Philosophy, policies, procedures and practices: The four ‘P’s of flight deck operations’, in McDonald N, Fuller R and Johnston N (eds) Aviation psychology in practice, Routledge, London.

Federal Aviation Administration (1995) Human performance considerations in the use and design of aircraft checklists, US Department of Transportation.

SKYbrary a (n d) Hypoxia, SKYbrary website, accessed 26 September 2022.

SKYbrary b (n.d.) OGHFA – Hypoxia, SKYbrary website, accessed 26 September 2022.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the flight crew of VH-EBK.
  • Qantas Airways
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Airbus
  • Nord-Micro
  • Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses pour la sécurité de l’aviation civile

Submissions were received from:

  • the flight crew of VH-EBK
  • Qantas Airways
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Airbus
  • Nord-Micro

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Eastern Daylight-saving Time (EDT): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 11 hours

[2]     Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM): procedurally assigned roles with specifically assigned duties at specific stages of a flight. The PF does most of the flying, except in defined circumstances, such as planning for descent, approach and landing. The PM carries out support duties and monitors the PF’s actions and the aircraft’s flight path.

[3]     Flight level: at altitudes above 10,000 ft in Australia, an aircraft’s height above mean sea level is referred to as a flight level (FL). FL 400 equates to 40,000 ft.

[4]     A reporting point on airway route T134 at 37° 48.7’ S 135°00.0’ E.

[5]     An emergency descent is a procedure designed to get the aircraft down to a target altitude as quickly and safety as possible. In contrast, a precautionary descent does not have the same urgency, nor does it use the specific procedural requirements of the emergency descent.

[6]     All altitudes are reported as height above mean sea level.

[7]     The process of air traffic control maintaining contact with the specified aircraft to determine en route progress and for the provision of air traffic services.

[8]     The aircraft had established flight following with air traffic control through controller-pilot data link communications (CPCLD). This flight following included position reporting and other ATC related communications. Backup radio communications were available through VHF frequencies with Melbourne Control, however, just prior to the alert, the aircraft had moved out of range for VHF communications.

[9]     PAN PAN: an internationally recognised radio call announcing an urgency condition which concerns the safety of an aircraft or its occupants but where the flight crew does not require immediate assistance.

[10]    MAYDAY: an internationally recognised radio call announcing a distress condition where an aircraft or its occupants are being threatened by serious and/or imminent danger and the flight crew require immediate assistance.

[11]    Important policy and/or procedures yet to be incorporated into the operations manual suite were to be found in the Flight Standing Orders (FSO). The FSOs did not include any matters relevant to the investigation.

[12]    Review of QAR data was not part of this monitoring process.

[13]    The cabin pressurisation system was similar across the three aircraft types.

[14]    Considered by the manufacturer to significantly improve the level of airworthiness compliance regarding identified system issues/failure modes.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-005
Occurrence date 05/02/2021
Location 235 NM (435 km) south-west of Adelaide
State South Australia
Report release date 21/03/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Air/pressurisation
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Airbus
Model A330-202
Registration VH-EBK
Serial number 945
Aircraft operator Qantas Airways Limited
Sector Jet
Operation type Air Transport High Capacity
Departure point Sydney Airport, New South Wales
Destination Perth Airport, Western Australia
Damage Nil

Incorrect configuration for landing involving Boeing 737, VH-XMO, near Sydney Airport, New South Wales, on 27 January 2021

Discontinuation notice

Report release date: 05/05/2023

Section 21 (2) of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (TSI Act) empowers the ATSB to discontinue an investigation into a transport safety matter at any time. Section 21 (3) of the TSI Act requires the ATSB to publish a statement setting out the reasons for discontinuing an investigation. The statement is published as a report in accordance with section 25 of the TSI Act, capturing information from the investigation up to the time of discontinuance.

Overview of the investigation

On 29 January 2021, the ATSB commenced an investigation into an incorrect configuration involving a Boeing 737-300 SF aircraft, registered VH-XMO, which occurred during final approach at Sydney Airport, New South Wales, on 27 January 2021. During the approach, the crew received a ‘TOO LOW GEAR’ warning from the aircraft’s ground proximity warning system (GPWS). The crew immediately conducted a go-around and conducted a second approach, landing without further incident.

The aircraft was being operated by Express Freighters Australia on a scheduled freight flight at night from Melbourne, Victoria, to Sydney. The captain was the pilot flying and the first officer was the pilot monitoring.

Air traffic control (ATC) cancelled speed restrictions and requested the crew conduct the RIVET THREE standard instrument arrival (STAR) to runway 16R. While the crew were conducting the STAR, ATC commenced providing vectoring to the crew, which had the effect of track shortening the approach and the aircraft intercepted the approach track between the initial and final approach fixes on the runway 16R instrument landing system approach. The vectoring also meant the aircraft intercepted the final approach track at a lower altitude than normally expected for the STAR. Combined with the speed intervention, the vectoring compressed the time, altitude, and track distance available for the crew to configure the aircraft for landing.

The crew attempted to program waypoints into the aircraft flight management computer after receiving the vectoring instructions from ATC. The first officer incorrectly programmed one of these waypoints, and this required multiple attempts to correct. The captain also became confused about an autopilot mode change. These concerns and distractions were resolved by the crew, however the captain later reflected that this may have affected their ability to ‘stay ahead of the aircraft’.

Conditions during the approach included scattered cloud and rain, and the crew planned to conduct the approach using low visibility procedures. This required the captain to transition their attention during the approach to primarily outside the aircraft, and to make ‘environmental callouts’ about the observed conditions. The first officer perceived the captain made many comments about the conditions.  

The crew had planned to conduct the approach to land at Sydney using noise abatement procedures. These procedures required the crew extend the landing gear at 2,000 ft, then extend flaps and reduce the airspeed before completing the landing checklist. Operating procedures also required the crew to configure the aircraft for landing prior to 1,000 ft in instrument meteorological conditions (which were applicable on the occurrence flight).

Both pilots recalled that it was typical to extend the landing gear at about 2,500 ft, after which they would then conduct other steps to configure the aircraft. The captain recalled that they decided not to extend landing gear at 2,500 ft because they were conscious of not slowing down an aircraft behind them. The instructions provided by ATC had also indicated to the captain it was preferable to maintain speed during the approach.

As the aircraft continued to descend, the crew did not extend the landing gear, set flap extension beyond flaps 5, or reduce the selected airspeed. Additionally, the crew did not complete the landing checklist. The airspeed remained at 180 kt throughout the approach, which was significantly greater than intended.

As part of the investigation, the ATSB:

  • interviewed the flight crew
  • analysed data from the aircraft's flight data recorder and quick access recorder
  • reviewed recorded air traffic control audio and surveillance data
  • reviewed information provided by the aircraft operator, including operational procedures.

During the investigation, the ATSB identified that:

  • The captain did not use their normal height-related cue for extending the landing gear at 2,500 ft. As a result, the captain had to remember to extend the landing gear at a stage in the approach they would normally not expect to do so.
  • Neither pilot detected that the airspeed was significantly greater than intended. This indicated that the pilots were experiencing a high workload and either not scanning their instruments effectively and/or had reduced awareness of the aircraft’s position along the approach. The investigation did not determine the exact reason neither pilot identified the excessive airspeed.
  • The crew had strong habits for completing steps during an approach in a sequential fashion after extending the landing gear. The pilots’ normal cue for extending the landing flaps and reducing the airspeed was extending the landing gear. In turn, the subsequent steps in the procedures were normally the trigger for calling for the landing checklist. Because of these sequential cues, the crew’s omission of selecting landing gear created a condition where they were much more likely to forget to conduct the landing checklist.
  • When the aircraft descended through 500 ft, the GPWS generated a ‘TOO LOW GEAR’ alert. The system worked as designed and the crew immediately executed the missed approach/go-around. The quick decision to conduct a go-around and the correct execution of this procedure reduced the likelihood of any accident.

Reasons for the discontinuation

Based on a review of the available evidence, the ATSB considered it was unlikely that further investigation would identify any systemic safety issues or important safety lessons. Consequently, the ATSB has discontinued this investigation.

The evidence collected during this investigation remains available to be used in future investigations or safety studies. The ATSB will also monitor for any similar occurrences that may indicate a need to undertake a further safety investigation.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-004
Occurrence date 27/01/2021
Location Near Sydney Airport
State New South Wales
Report release date 05/05/2023
Report status Discontinued
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Discontinued
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Incorrect configuration
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer The Boeing Company
Model 737-376
Registration VH-XMO
Serial number 23488
Aircraft operator Express Freighters Australia Pty Limited
Sector Jet
Departure point Melbourne Airport, Victoria
Destination Sydney Airport, New South Wales
Damage Nil

Flight below the minimum safe altitude involving Fairchild SA227, VH-OZV, 9 km east of Melbourne Airport, Victoria, on 18 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 25/06/2021

Safety summary

What happened

On 18 January 2021, at 2029 Eastern Daylight‑saving Time, a Sharp Airlines Fairchild SA227 aircraft, registered VH-OZV, departed Launceston Airport, Tasmania for a scheduled freight flight to Melbourne Airport, Victoria with one pilot on board.

At 2133, the aircraft was being positioned to commence a night-time Instrument Landing System approach to runway 27 at Melbourne. While joining the approach, a turn was not commenced until after the aircraft crossed the localiser track.

After crossing the localiser track and while descending along the approach glideslope, the aircraft descended clear of cloud and the pilot sighted the runway. At that time, the aircraft was positioned slightly less than full-scale on the course deviation indicator (CDI) to the right of, and tracking away from, the localiser track. From this position, the pilot elected to continue the approach visually. However, exacerbated by a prevailing southerly wind, the aircraft continued tracking away from the localiser and, shortly after, proceeded beyond the full scale of the CDI, requiring that a missed approach be initiated. Despite that, the pilot assessed that the visual approach could be continued.

The aircraft continued to deviate from the localiser track and at 2135, reached a maximum lateral deviation of 0.55 nautical miles. The pilot then turned the aircraft further to track toward the localiser while continuing to descend. At about the same time, the Melbourne Tower air traffic controller noticed the deviation and contacted the pilot.

At 2136, at about 980 ft above mean sea level (about 583 ft above ground level), the aircraft was re‑established within full-scale CDI deflection and landed shortly after.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that during approach to the airport in darkness, the aircraft was not maintained within the required navigational tolerance. While that should have resulted in the conduct of a missed approach, the approach was continued with the aircraft manoeuvring significantly below the minimum safe altitude.

Safety message

Handling of approaches is one of the ATSB’s SafetyWatch priorities. Adherence to operational procedures ensures consistency of pilot action and aircraft operation during the approach and landing phases of flight. This, along with careful monitoring of aircraft and approach parameters, provides assurance that an instrument approach can be safely completed.

Most importantly, if the criteria for safe continuation of an approach are not met, the pilot should conduct a missed approach to negate the risk of colliding with obstacles or terrain.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On 18 January 2021, at 2029 Eastern Daylight‑saving Time,[1] a Sharp Airlines Fairchild SA227 aircraft, registered VH-OZV (Figure 1), departed Launceston Airport, Tasmania for a scheduled freight flight to Melbourne Airport, Victoria with one pilot on board.

Figure 1: VH-OZV

picture1-ao-2021-003.jpg

Source: Jayden Laing

At 2122, the pilot commenced descending the aircraft in darkness from the cruising altitude prior to starting an Instrument Landing System (ILS) approach (see the section titled Instrument landing system) to runway 27 at Melbourne. During the descent, and prior to commencing the approach, the aircraft entered cloud.

At 2133, as the aircraft approached the ILS localiser track from the south‑east, in preparation to intercept the localiser track, the pilot changed the autopilot mode from navigation (NAV) to heading (HDG).[2] The selected heading, in combination with the prevailing southerly wind, resulted in a 36° intercept angle of the ILS localiser track (Figure 2).

Figure 2: Approach profile

Figure 2: Approach profile

Source: Google earth, annotated by the ATSB

The aircraft crossed the localiser track at the waypoint[3] VISAS on a continuation of the intercept angle. After the aircraft crossed the localiser track, the pilot reselected NAV mode to commence the intercept and establish the aircraft on the inbound track. However, the autopilot‑commanded turn toward the localiser track did not occur as quickly as the pilot anticipated so HDG mode was again selected with a commanded heading of 250° magnetic. Soon after selecting HDG mode, the aircraft approached the ILS glideslope. The pilot reported that the aircraft was still within half scale of the localiser course deviation indicator (CDI) so commenced descending along the glideslope and extended the landing gear.

Shortly after intercepting the glideslope, the aircraft descended clear of the cloud base at about 2,000 ft above mean sea level (AMSL) and the pilot sighted the runway. At that time, the aircraft was positioned slightly less than full-scale CDI deflection to the right of the localiser track and diverging away at an angle of about 9°. From this position, the pilot elected to continue the approach visually (see the section titled Night visual approach criteria and Figure 2). The pilot did not advise air traffic control (ATC) that the approach was continuing visually and was not cleared by ATC to conduct a visual approach. Had a visual approach clearance been provided, the pilot would have been required maintain the aircraft within full-scale CDI deflection and above the glideslope.

The aircraft continued tracking away from the localiser with the autopilot in HDG mode. Shortly after the pilot had elected to continue visually, about 6.8 NM from the runway 27 threshold, the aircraft proceeded beyond the full scale of the CDI. The pilot reported that they did not observe the CDI exceed full-scale deflection.

The aircraft continued to deviate from the localiser track. At 2135:17, the aircraft reached a maximum lateral deviation of 0.55 nautical miles (NM) and the pilot disconnected the autopilot to manually intercept the track. At about the same time, ATC personnel in both the Melbourne Airport control tower and Melbourne air traffic control centre observed the aircraft deviating to the north of the localiser track. The tower controller notified the pilot of the deviation and the pilot responded ‘adjusting’. A few seconds later, the aircraft reached a maximum angular deviation from the localiser track of 4.92° at about 1,680 ft AMSL.

The pilot then turned the aircraft further to track toward the approach track as it descended. At 2136:20, at about 980 ft AMSL (about 583 ft above ground level), the aircraft was re‑established within full scale CDI deflection.

The aircraft did not significantly deviate from the ILS glideslope angle during the approach and landed at 2137:39. No defect with the autopilot system or navigation instrumentation was identified after the occurrence.

Meteorology

At 2130, shortly before the approach, the Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) automatic weather station at Melbourne Airport recorded the wind being 18 kt from 228° magnetic. Three cloud layers: Few[4] at 2,034 ft, Scattered at 2,634 ft, and Broken at 3,634 ft AMSL were also present.

Instrument landing system

An Instrument Landing System (ILS) is an instrument approach procedure that provides lateral (localiser) and vertical (glideslope) position information necessary to align an aircraft with the runway for approach and landing. The system uses angular deviation signals from the glideslope antennas (located approximately 1,000 ft from the runway threshold) and the localiser antennas (located past the far end of the runway).

The localiser signals provide the angular deviation from the runway centreline, which in VH-OZV were presented as fly-left or fly-right commands on the CDI. A pilot or the autopilot (in NAV mode) follows these commands to track the localiser centreline. Localiser deviation was displayed in units of dots, where typically full-scale deflection (5 dots) equates to 105 m deviation from the localiser centreline at the runway threshold.

The glideslope signals provide the angular deviation from the nominal glideslope (usually 3°) which were presented as fly-up or fly-down commands on the glideslope indicator to follow the glideslope to the decision altitude.

For both the localiser and glideslope, no additional deviation indications are provided beyond full scale indicator deflection.

Minimum sector altitude

The ILS approach chart (Figure 3) included minimum sector altitudes (MSAs) that provided a minimum terrain clearance of 1,000 ft above all objects located inside a defined area. Within a 10 NM radius of Melbourne Airport, the MSA was 3,300 ft AMSL.

Figure 3: Melbourne Airport runway 27 ILS approach chart

Figure 3: Melbourne Airport runway 27 ILS approach chart

Source: Airservices Australia

Night visual approach criteria

Relevant guidance for the conduct of an instrument approach at night in controlled airspace is provided in sections 1.1 and 1.5 of the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) En Route:

En Route 1.1:

- Paragraph 2.11.2.1 ATC Authorisation

Unless authorised to make a visual approach, an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight must conform to the published instrument approach procedure nominated by ATC.

- Paragraph 2.11.3.7 Minimum Altitude Requirements

During the conduct of a visual approach, a pilot must descend as necessary to:

…b. by night:

(1) for an IFR flight:

Maintain an altitude not less than the route segment MSA…until the aircraft is:

…within 10 NM of the aerodrome, established not below the ILS glide path with less than full scale azimuth deflection.

En Route 1.5:

- Paragraph 1.10 Missed Approach – Standard Procedures

(1) A missed approach must be executed if:

during the final segment of an instrument approach, the aircraft is not maintained within the applicable navigation tolerance for the aid in use.

Safety analysis

At about 2133, the aircraft was descending toward Melbourne Airport prior to commencing a night- time ILS approach to runway 27. The intercept of the ILS localiser track did not begin until after the aircraft had already crossed that track at an angle of about 36°. The southerly wind acting on the westbound aircraft resulted in it quickly deviating to the right of the localiser track.

While the aircraft continued deviating right of the track, as long as it was within the full-scale CDI deflection, the pilot was permitted to continue the ILS approach visually only with ATC authorisation. As this authorisation was not requested and provided, the pilot was required to adhere to the tracking tolerances of the ILS approach.  Therefore, once the aircraft tracked beyond full-scale localiser CDI deflection, the pilot was required to conduct the published missed approach procedure.

The pilot reported that they did not observe the CDI exceed full-scale deflection, instead assessing that the visual approach could be continued. Continuing the approach took the aircraft significantly beyond the localiser tracking tolerance at altitudes as low as 980 ft AMSL (2,320 ft below the minimum sector altitude).

As the incident took place at night, the pilot’s ability to visually identify obstacles was limited. The continuation of the night approach outside of the localiser tolerance and below the minimum sector altitude was contrary to the required approach requirements. This in turn removed obstacle clearance assurance, increasing the collision risk to the flight.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the flight below minimum altitude involving Fairchild SA227, VH-OZV 9 km east of Melbourne Airport, Victoria on 18 January 2021.

Contributing factors

  • During approach to the airport in darkness, the aircraft was not maintained within the required navigational tolerance. While that should have resulted in the conduct of a missed approach, the approach was continued with the aircraft manoeuvring significantly below the minimum safe altitude.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • operator
  • pilot
  • Airservices Australia
  • Bureau of Meteorology

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • operator
  • pilot
  • Airservices Australia
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority

No submissions were received on the draft report.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2021

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1.  Eastern Daylight saving Time (EDT): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 11 hours.
  2.  In NAV mode, the autopilot system follows the lateral path commanded by the ILS localiser. When HDG mode is selected, the autopilot steers the aircraft according to a heading manually selected by the pilot.
  3.  Waypoint: A defined position of latitude and longitude coordinates, primarily used for navigation.
  4.  Cloud cover: in aviation, cloud cover is reported using words that denote the extent of the cover – ‘few’ indicates that up to a quarter of the sky is covered, ‘scattered’ indicates that cloud is covering between a quarter and a half of the sky, ‘broken’ indicates that more than half to almost all the sky is covered, and ‘overcast’ indicates that all the sky is covered.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-003
Occurrence date 18/01/2021
Location 9 km east of Melbourne Airport
State Victoria
Report release date 25/06/2021
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Flight below minimum altitude
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Fairchild Industries Inc
Model SA227-AC
Registration VH-OZV
Serial number AC-610B
Aircraft operator Sharp Aviation Pty Ltd
Sector Turboprop
Operation type Air Transport Low Capacity
Departure point Launceston Airport, Victoria
Destination Melbourne Airport, Victoria
Damage Nil

Grounding of Trinity Bay, Harrington Shoal, Queensland, on 19 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 22/06/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On the morning of 19 January 2021, the general cargo ship Trinity Bay (cover photo) grounded on Harrington Shoal in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park mandatory pilotage area while on passage from Thursday Island in the Torres Strait to Cairns, Queensland. The ship sustained minor hull damage with no reported injuries or oil pollution. The ship was subsequently refloated on the rising tide and following an underwater inspection and change of key bridge personnel, resumed its passage to Cairns, arriving on 22 January.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that in attempting to address a non-conformance identified in an internal audit, a draft passage planning tool being trialled for use across the fleet was used to plan the ship’s passage from Thursday Island to Cairns. Errors in the planning tool’s waypoints resulted in the route being planned over Harrington Shoal, a potential navigational danger.

The ATSB also identified that the passage was not effectively planned or monitored. The passage planning process did not comply with the operator’s safety management system requirements to plan and check the route using the primary means of navigation (paper charts) or to conduct an independent verification of the route. Consequently, the dangers on the planned route were not identified and the monitoring of the ship’s passage was also ineffective in identifying these dangers.

Additionally, the ATSB found that at the time of the occurrence, the REEFVTS surveillance and monitoring system was subject to a known and reported fault, which resulted in abnormally high numbers of spurious alerts. Consequently, REEFVTS operators, including the operator on duty at the time of the grounding, were experiencing sustained periods of elevated workload, and alerts warning of Trinity Bay’s impending grounding, were acknowledged but not acted upon.

What has been done as a result

Sea Swift advised the ATSB that Trinity Bay’s electronic chart system program was removed from service and that it was investigating options for fully compliant electronic chart display and information systems for its ships. Additionally, a mentoring and audit program was implemented across the Queensland fleet to ensure crew understanding and effective implementation of the operator’s safety management system requirements for passage planning and navigation.

Maritime Safety Queensland advised the ATSB that, after successful testing, a software update for the REEFVTS monitoring and surveillance system was implemented in August 2021 thereby reducing the incidence of false alarms. Furthermore, from January 2022, the REEFREP reporting area was divided in 2 separate monitoring areas—VTS North Area and VTS South Area—operating respectively from Townsville and Gladstone, with a VTSO responsible for each area.

Safety message

The development and use of a detailed passage plan in accordance with the accepted principles of passage planning, including a thorough appraisal, with the route laid out and independently checked on the ship’s primary means of navigation, and effectively monitored when executed, remains essential to ensuring the safety of navigation.

 

The occurrence

Overview

On the morning of 19 January 2021, the general cargo ship Trinity Bay (cover photo) grounded on Harrington Shoal in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park mandatory pilotage area while on passage from Thursday Island in the Torres Strait to Cairns, Queensland. The ship sustained minor hull damage with no reported injuries or oil pollution. The ship was subsequently refloated on the rising tide and following an underwater inspection and change of key bridge personnel, resumed its passage to Cairns, arriving on 22 January.

Crew handover

On 1 January 2021, Trinity Bay was alongside in Cairns, Queensland, (Figure 1) undergoing a routine crew change prior to commencing a 4-week roster transporting cargo between Cairns, Horn Island, Weipa, and Thursday Island. During the 4-week roster the crew generally undertook 4 return voyages[1] and later that afternoon, the ship departed Cairns for Horn Island on the first voyage.

Figure 1: Section of chart Aus 4620 showing Trinity Bay’s ports of call

Figure 1: Section of chart Aus 4620 showing Trinity Bay’s ports of call

Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB

On 12 January, Trinity Bay departed Thursday Island for Cairns to complete the second return voyage using a route plan that had been regularly used over the previous 10 years. This original route was marked on the ship’s paper charts[2] in permanent red ink (Figure 2) and was also saved and displayed on the ship’s TRANSAS electronic chart system (ECS) program.[3] On this occasion, the master also directed the ship’s watchkeeping officers to evaluate a newly created route plan for the passage by comparing the proposed new route’s waypoints and courses (printed on paper) with those of the ship’s original route being executed.

By 1800 local time on 13 January, Trinity Bay was alongside in Cairns following an uneventful passage. The ship’s officers did not identify any significant concerns with the newly created route.

Figure 2: Section of Trinity Bay's chart Aus 839 showing original routes

Figure 2: Section of Trinity Bay's chart Aus 839 showing original routes

Source: Sea Swift, annotated by the ATSB

New passage plans

While in Cairns, the ship’s crew were occupied with cargo operations, bunkering, and planned maintenance. In preparation for the next voyage, the master loaded the newly created‑ northbound routes into the ship’s ECS but did not plot them onto the paper charts, which retained the original routes in red ink (Figure 2). At 1340 on 15 January, Trinity Bay departed Cairns for Horn Island on the third return voyage. The master’s night orders[4] stated that the new routes displayed on the ECS would not align with the original routes marked on the paper chart and that watchkeepers were to follow the new routes displayed on the ECS. The northbound passages proceeded without incident and the ship arrived in Weipa at 0020 on 18 January.

While alongside in Weipa, the master loaded the new southbound routes into the ECS in preparation for the return to Cairns. Once again, the new waypoints and routes were not plotted onto the ship’s paper charts. The ship then departed Weipa for Thursday Island, arriving at 0200 on 19 January.

Passage and grounding

Departure from Thursday Island

At 0500 on 19 January, Trinity Bay departed Thursday Island bound for Cairns using one of the newly created‑ southbound routes. By about 0530, Trinity Bay had exited port limits and entered the Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait vessel traffic service (REEFVTS)[5] monitoring area. The ship’s entry was verbally reported by the ship’s crew to REEFVTS over very high frequency (VHF) radio in accordance with REEFVTS reporting requirements.

The master was on watch at the time of departure while the remaining crew secured the ship for sea. At about 0545, the chief mate took over as officer of the watch (OOW). The ship was on autopilot, on a heading[6] of 116° at about 11.7 knots,[7] with draughts of 3.2 m forward and 3.8 m aft. The morning was partly cloudy with visibility recorded as 6 nautical miles (miles),[8] with light winds and calm seas.

At 0545, the duty REEFVTS operator sent Trinity Bay ship encounter information (SEI)[9] via Inmarsat-C.[10] Between 0600 and 0800, the OOW made hourly entries into the bridge logbook recording the ships heading, speed, gyrocompass error, weather observations, and sea state details. They also plotted radar position fixes on the paper chart at 15 minute intervals while also monitoring the ship’s progress against the new route on the ECS. As the new route was not marked on the paper chart, the OOW’s radar fixes did not align with the original route marked in red pen (Figure 3). However, the OOW expected this (as noted in the master’s night orders) and they assessed that the passage was progressing safely with the ship on the planned track as displayed on the ECS.

At about 0715, the OOW fixed the ship’s position on the paper chart. A few minutes later, the ship passed Mid Rock, a charted rock with a depth of 4.9 m, at a distance of about 0.18 miles. This did not elicit any concern from the OOW, and the ship continued on its planned track.

At 0736, the OOW altered course in accordance with the new passage plan and route displayed on the ECS. Following the course alteration, they noted that the parallel index[11] listed in the passage plan document for the new leg (148° and 0.46 miles off Albany Rock) was incorrect and did not correspond to the planned route. Despite that, the OOW kept the ship on the route displayed on the ECS and continued with the passage.

At 0745, the OOW plotted a radar fix on the paper chart. At about the same time, they sighted Harrington Reef west cardinal mark[12] off the ship’s port bow noting that it appeared closer than they were accustomed to when using the original southbound route. They went back to the radar to verify their fix and checked the ship’s track on the ECS. The OOW noted that the planned route on the ECS was laid west of Harrington Reef cardinal mark and assessed that the passage was proceeding as planned (Figure 3).

Figure 3: Section of Aus chart 839 used on board Trinity Bay

Figure 3: Section of Aus chart 839 used on board Trinity Bay

Image of a section of paper chart Aus 839 used on board at the time of the grounding showing original passage plans marked in red ink and radar fixes made by the OOW leading up to the grounding.

Source: Sea Swift, annotated by the ATSB

At 0800, the OOW plotted another radar fix on the paper chart and visually confirmed that the Harrington Reef west cardinal mark remained on the ship’s port side (Figure 3). They verified the radar fix again and then checked the depth sounder, which indicated a depth of 17.5 m. They noted that the paper chart indicated a similar depth, and once again assessed that there was no cause for concern.

The grounding

At about 0810, the OOW noticed the ship’s bow swing sharply to port. In response, they immediately switched to manual steering and placed the wheel hard-to-starboard. As the bow continued to swing to port, the OOW checked the radar and saw that the ship’s speed had reduced from about 12.1 knots to 7.3 knots and that the depth sounder indicated a depth of about 0.63 m. As the ship’s speed continued to decrease rapidly, the OOW realised that the ship was aground (Figure 4). In response, they brought the main engine telegraph to stop and called the master on the ship’s telephone.

Figure 4: Section of chart Aus 839 showing Trinity Bay’s track

Figure 4: Section of chart Aus 839 showing Trinity Bay’s track

 Trinity Bay’s automatic identification system (AIS) data overlaid onto chart Aus 839.

Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, modified and annotated by the ATSB using electronically recorded data

Shipboard response

The master, who had awoken on hearing the ship’s engine pitch change, immediately went to the bridge. The master checked the ECS which showed that the ship was aground on Harrington Shoal, a charted feature with a depth of 0.9 m situated north-west of Harrington Reef (Figure 4). The master also noted that the ECS showed the route leg passing directly across Harrington Shoal. The master then checked the paper chart which confirmed that the ship’s track, projected forward from the OOW’s last two position fixes, passed directly over Harrington Shoal.

The master established that there was no immediate danger to the ship and that there were no visible signs of damage or pollution.[13]  The ship’s bow appeared to be clear of the shoal which was composed mostly of sand.

The master asked the chief engineer to commence deballasting[14] and called the ship’s designated person ashore (DPA)[15] to advise them of the grounding. At the request of the DPA, the master sounded the ship’s tanks to confirm the integrity of the hull and sounded the surrounding waters to establish depths around the ship. The DPA also instructed the master to notify REEFVTS of the situation while they notified the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA).

At 0822, the master called the duty REEFVTS operator using a mobile phone and informed them that Trinity Bay was aground on Harrington Shoal. The REEFVTS operator, who was unaware of the grounding, notified their supervisor and the regional harbour master for Cairns.

At about 0950, the second mate, positioned at the bow, advised the master that the ship appeared to be moving with the rising tide. The master used the bow thruster to confirm that the bow was moving freely and then engaged astern propulsion (about 25% of available RPM), which resulted in the ship moving astern.

The ship continued to make sternway off the shoal while the master used the bow thruster to control the ship’s head and, by 1010, Trinity Bay was clear of Harrington Shoal. At about 1035 the master anchored the ship about 2 miles to the south-south-west of the shoal, just inside the western boundary of the designated shipping area (DSA).[16]

AMSA subsequently instructed the ship manager to ensure the ship remained at anchor until a hull inspection had been completed. Trinity Bay remained at anchor overnight while the crew undertook regular soundings of the ship’s accessible double bottom and wing tanks to confirm there was no water ingress.

Hull assessment and return to Cairns

At 0710 on 20 January, a commercial dive crew arrived at the ship. An underwater inspection of the ship’s hull identified minor paint damage amidships leading aft and a fresh dent amidships on the port side. Paint was stripped on the bottom of the hull through to the end of the skeg, but the propeller and rudder were undamaged. Some dents were noted on the port bilge keel, but no cracks were detected.

At about 1230, the ship’s marine manager and marine superintendent arrived at the ship by water taxi from Horn Island after flying up from Cairns earlier that morning. The master and chief mate were stood down and the marine superintendent took over duties as master.

The marine manager quarantined the charts onboard and replaced them with a fresh set of charts with a pre-prepared passage plan for a voyage to Cairns. The replacement master completed a new passage plan document incorporating the pre-prepared passage plan and sought AMSA approval for its use.

AMSA issued a prohibition notice[17] prohibiting the use of the TRANSAS ECS for navigation. As a result, the marine manager shut down the ECS and posted a notice on the bridge advising crew of its removal from service. AMSA subsequently permitted Trinity Bay to continue the voyage subject to conditions, including the provision of status updates and damage assessments every 12 hours.

At 1829, the replacement master advised REEFVTS they had clearance to resume the voyage. At 1835, the ship weighed anchor and resumed passage for Cairns, arriving at 0645 on 22 January.
 

Context

Trinity Bay

Trinity Bay is an 81 m,[18] general cargo vessel, built in Koje, South Korea in 1996. At the time of the grounding, the ship was owned and operated by Sea Swift as a coastal freighter operating a weekly service supplying communities around the Cape York Peninsula and Torres Strait. Trinity Bay was a domestic commercial vessel (DCV) certified by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) for operations in service categories 1C[19] and 2B.[20] Although certified to carry passengers,[21] the ship was primarily used to transport general cargo.

Equipment and machinery

The ship was equipped with the necessary navigational and safety equipment for a vessel of its service categories under the relevant DCV regulations and marine orders.[22]

The ship’s navigation equipment included:

  • official paper nautical charts
  • a radar
  • an automatic identification system (AIS)
  • gyrocompass
  • differential global positioning systems (DGPS)[23]
  • a bridge navigational watch alarm system (BNWAS)
  • a TRANSAS Navigator electronic chart system (ECS) program installed on a computer[24]

The ship’s propulsion was provided by a Caterpillar 3606 engine delivering 1492 kw at 900 rpm with a service speed of 13.5 knots. The ship was not equipped with a voyage data recorder (VDR),[25] nor was it required to be.

Charts

The regulations required that Trinity Bay carry adequate and up-to-date official nautical charts for the intended voyage. At the time of the grounding, the ship’s primary means of navigation (being used to meet the chart carriage requirements of the regulations) was official paper nautical charts issued by the Australian Hydrographic Office (AHO).

Electronic chart system (ECS)

In addition to the paper charts, Trinity Bay was equipped with a TRANSAS Navigator electronic chart system (ECS) program installed on a computer on the bridge. An ECS is a navigation information system that electronically displays vessel position and relevant nautical chart data from a database, but does not meet the International Maritime Organization (IMO) requirements for an electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS).

Trinity Bay’s ECS program (called a ‘chart plotter’ by the crew) did not use official electronic navigation charts (ENCs) and could not be used to meet the chart carriage requirements of the regulations.[26] The software and hardware were not type approved to meet the functional requirements for ECDIS and the ECS was also not capable of performing automated route safety function checks or look‑ahead safety function checks. The ECS was listed as a navigational aid in the ship’s passage plan documents, in the operator’s fleet memos and in the safety management system (SMS), which stated:

Advantage is to be taken of all the navigational equipment with which the vessel is fitted however, electronic navigational equipment is to be utilised as navigational aids only and must not be solely relied upon.

Furthermore, in September 2020, Sea Swift issued a fleet memo reminding crews that the ECS was not an approved ECDIS, and that navigation was to be conducted on up-to-date paper charts.

Crew

Trinity Bay was crewed by 9 crew as required by the vessel’s SMS and the ship’s certificate of operation. The ship’s complement comprised 4 deck crew, 3 deck watchkeeping officers (a master and 2 mates) and 2 engineers (a chief engineer and second engineer). The ship’s crew operated on a 4-week roster, and most had sailed together on the ship for several years.

The master had about 42 years of seagoing experience and held a valid Australian master’s certificate of competency (Master <80m NC). [27] The master had 30 years of experience in command of vessels operating in the Great Barrier Reef, of which 13 years was on Trinity Bay. The master was also approved to act as master of vessels (including Trinity Bay) that were exempt from the Torres Strait and Great Barrier Reef compulsory pilotage requirements. As master of Trinity Bay, they generally completed 48 transits of the inner route and Torres Strait pilotage areas annually.

The chief mate had about 11 years of seagoing experience and held a valid Australian chief mate’s certificate of competency (Mate <80m NC)[28] acquired in December 2018. The chief mate commenced employment with Sea Swift in late 2017 as a deckhand and was promoted to second mate shortly after obtaining their mate’s qualifications. They were subsequently promoted to chief mate and had about 12 months’ experience in the rank. The chief mate was approved to act as a navigational watchkeeper on vessels exempt from the compulsory pilotage requirements.

Operations

During a typical 4-week roster, the crew would generally undertake 4 return voyages, routinely departing Cairns on a Friday afternoon, calling at Horn Island, Weipa and Thursday Island before returning to Cairns the following Wednesday.

Trinity Bay had been operating to the same ports of call for about 10 years utilising the same routes that were marked in permanent red ink on paper charts (Figure 2) and saved on the ECS. Both northbound and southbound routes between Cairns and Thursday Island were generally laid outside of the two-way route between the mainland and Harrington Reef, to avoid larger shipping traffic.

Bridge watchkeeping

Trinity Bay’s deck officers maintained a traditional 4-on 8-off watchkeeping schedule at sea although the master tended to keep watch for the first 6 hours after departure and the last 6 hours before arrival at ports to ensure rest hour requirements were complied with. During daylight hours, the officer of the watch (OOW) was the sole watchkeeper with an additional lookout (usually a deckhand) posted in hours of darkness. The vessel maintained a fatigue management log and recorded crew hours of rest in accordance with the vessel’s certificate of operation and STCW guidelines. Based on the available evidence, it was considered unlikely that levels of fatigue likely to influence performance were experienced by either the master (during the passage planning) or by the OOW (at the time of the grounding).

Safety management system

Trinity Bay operated under Sea Swift’s safety management system (SMS) as required by the relevant marine orders,[29] and the International Safety Management (ISM) Code.[30] The SMS included procedures for voyage planning, internal audits and management of change, among others.

Passage planning

Trinity Bay’s SMS procedures for passage planning reflected the general principles and guidance in SOLAS[31] and the IMO’s Guidelines for voyage planning.[32] The SMS stated that the purpose of voyage planning was:

To plan and display the vessel’s passage for the intended voyage berth to berth, to monitor and verify the vessel’s position throughout the voyage in relation to reported dangers to the safe navigation of the vessel.

IMO guidelines stated that the development of a passage plan and the close and continuous monitoring of the vessel's progress and position during the execution of such a plan, was essential for the safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment. The guidelines directed masters and watchkeepers to ensure there was systematic bridge organisation that provided for cross-checking of individual human decisions so that errors could be detected and corrected as early as possible.[33]

Trinity Bay’s SMS included a standard work instruction (SWI) that outlined the procedures for passage planning. The SWI required that, prior to commencing a voyage, a documented passage plan was developed, printed out, signed by the master and watchkeepers, and retained on the bridge for use during the voyage. The second mate was the designated navigation officer on board Trinity Bay with responsibility for passage planning while the master was responsible for oversight and approval. In practice, the second mate was generally occupied with cargo operations with the master consequently assuming responsibility for passage planning. The second mate retained other navigational responsibilities such as chart corrections and publication updates. 

The SWI also required that only routes approved by the designated person ashore (DPA) were to be used when passage planning and that any deviations from the approved route (other than for collision avoidance) had to likewise be approved by the DPA.

The use of standardised DPA-approved passage plans had been successfully implemented in Sea Swift’s Northern Territory operations and it was the intention to develop and adopt similar plans in the Queensland fleet. However, at the time of the grounding, there were no DPA-approved routes in existence for operations in Queensland.

Crews operating vessels in Queensland used several different passage planning tools based on their individual preferences including ones based on Microsoft Word documents and an Excel workbook. Following a review of tools in use across the Queensland fleet, Sea Swift shore management identified the Excel workbook as being the most suitable to form the basis of a standardised set of passage plans. The operator decided that a draft of the Excel workbook would be trialled on a ship (Biquele Bay) and would subsequently be introduced across the fleet as a standardised passage planning tool. Sea Swift reported that, at the time of the grounding, the Excel workbook was still being trialled and that there had been no official direction or advice to commence using the passage planning spreadsheet more widely.

Internal audits

The SMS included an internal audit process to verify the ship’s compliance with the SMS.

On 7 October 2020, an internal audit of Trinity Bay conducted by the ship’s marine manager identified several non-conformances related to the navigation requirements of the SMS. The audit recorded a non-conformance which stated that the ship’s passage plans were not in accordance with the passage planning SWI. Other identified non-conformances related to position fixing on charts, chart corrections and use of appropriate charts. The master at the time (the master on board at the time of the grounding) rectified some of the non-conformances and logged intended safety action for others.

Shortly after the audit, the master completed their 4-week roster, signed off, and then signed on again about 4 weeks later. About 2 weeks after their return, on 20 November, the ship’s marine manager sent the master a reminder to close out the safety action on the passage planning non‑conformance noting that there had been sufficient time for the ship ‘…to get the passage plan up to standard’. In response, the master decided to obtain and use what they believed to be a passage planning tool containing approved waypoints and routes to develop new passage plans.

The master requested and received copies of the draft Excel workbooks they knew were being trialled on board Biquele Bay and used these to construct new routes and to compile new passage plans (see the section titled Trinity Bay’s passage plans).

Risk and change management

The SMS also provided guidance for risk and change management to control change within the organisation and its business. The change management procedures sought to reduce the health, safety, environmental and quality (HSEQ) hazards that could occur as a result of change, to control the occurrence of HSEQ events, to manage the way change was introduced and to maintain a high level of HSEQ competence.

The SMS procedures and guidance for the risks related to the management of change were not applied to the planned introduction of standardised passage plans and the operator did not consider them to be appropriate or useful in the circumstances.

Trinity Bay’s passage plans 

Trinity Bay’s original routes and passage plans had been used without incident for at least the preceding 10 years. The ship’s passage plans had remained largely unchanged during that time with only minor amendments made to accommodate new ports or irregular port calls. The SMS divided passage planning into 4 stages: appraisal, planning, execution, and monitoring. 

Appraisal

Appraisal is the process of gathering all available and relevant information to enable the planning officer and master to identify hazards to navigation and to designate appropriate safety margins in accordance with prudent seamanship and company requirements.

Trinity Bay’s SMS required that an overall assessment of the voyage be made by the master, in consultation with the planning officer and other deck officers, after all relevant information had been gathered. The passage plan document included a checklist of items to be considered, publications to be referenced and general navigation checks to be performed as part of the appraisal process. However, the appraisal for the new route from Thursday Island to Cairns relied almost exclusively on the master’s knowledge and past experience operating in the region and their belief that the waypoints in the workbook were safe and DPA-approved. Publications such as the sailing directions were not referenced for the new route, nor were other deck officers consulted.

Planning

The SMS stated that once a full appraisal had been carried out, a detailed plan was to be developed. The plan was to cover the whole voyage, from berth to berth, in accordance with the procedures in the SMS. In particular, the procedure required the master to ensure that only official nautical charts and publications were used for navigational purposes.

On 20 November 2020, following the reminder from the marine manager to address the non‑conformance, the master of Trinity Bay emailed the master trialling the workbook and requested a copy of the ‘…updated and latest passage plan from Cairns to Horn Island return.’. The master subsequently received two draft Excel workbooks named ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’ and ‘Passage Plan HI‑CNS’. The master trialling the draft workbook stated they had sailed the routes the previous week and that they were planned using the ‘Waypoints master list’ embedded in the workbooks (bottom tab in Figure 5). Following receipt of the draft passage planning workbooks, Trinity Bay’s master recalled that they spent about 30 hours developing 6 new passage plans for Trinity Bay’s regular voyages.

On 4 December, the master signed off once again and, in handover notes to the relieving master, stated that they had ‘…made up our new passage plans in the new Master Waypoint Spreadsheet format that management want us to use...’. In January 2021, following their return to the ship, the master loaded the newly developed routes into the ECS and subsequently used them.

Trinity Bay’s new routes

The draft workbooks consisted of a ‘COVER PAGE’, a ‘WAYPOINTS MASTER LIST, a ‘PASSAGE CALCULATION SHEET’ and a ‘PASSAGE PLAN FORM’. The ‘WAYPOINTS MASTER LIST’ consisted of named and numbered waypoints organised in sequence forming route segments (Figure 5).

Figure 5: Excel workbook ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’

Figure 5: Excel workbook ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’

Image of the passage planning spreadsheet detailing route segments and their associated waypoints, and coordinates.

Source: Sea Swift, annotated by the ATSB

Routes were constructed by selecting the relevant waypoints (or sequences of waypoints) from the ‘WAYPOINTS MASTER LIST’ tab (column B in Figure 5) and entering the waypoint numbers in sequence in the ‘PASSAGE CALCULATION SHEET’ tab. This resulted in the respective coordinates of each waypoint being populated in the ‘PASSAGE CALCULATION SHEET’ and functions embedded in the workbook calculated the distances and courses to steer for the various legs defined by the selected waypoints.

The waypoints, coordinates, distances and courses were also populated automatically in the ‘PASSAGE PLAN FORM’ tab, which was then printed off, signed, and retained on the bridge as part of the passage plan document. The ‘PASSAGE PLAN FORM’ tab also included a column called ‘PASSAGE PLAN NOTES’ where additional useful information such as details for parallel index lines could be entered. This column was not populated automatically and needed to be completed by the officer compiling the passage plan.

Trinity Bay’s master used the ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’ workbook (Figure 5), to construct the new route from Thursday Island to Cairns. Part of this route included a segment from Adolphus Channel to Cairns and the master utilised the waypoints listed for this segment directly from the ‘WAYPOINTS MASTER LIST’. This included a leg from waypoint 97 (Adolphus Channel) to waypoint 98 (Furze Point) which passed directly over Harrington Shoal (Figure 6). Additionally, the route planned using these waypoints also resulted in the preceding leg being laid across Mid Rock, a charted underwater rock.

Figure 6: Section of chart Aus 839 showing new route legs

Figure 6: Section of chart Aus 839 showing new route legs

Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB

Navigation on ECS

The planning phase also included plotting the intended route onto appropriate charts and visually checking that every leg of the planned route was in safe water and clear of navigational dangers.

Once the new routes were planned, the master manually entered the waypoints directly into the ship’s ECS computer. The master stated that when entering the waypoints into the ECS, they visually checked that each waypoint was in safe water. They did not check the legs connecting the various waypoints and did not identify that the route leg connecting waypoint 97 to waypoint 98 passed directly over Harrington Shoal (Figure 7).

The newly created waypoints and route was not marked on paper charts, which were the ship’s primary means of navigation. There was also no independent verification of the route by another deck officer, nor was there a briefing for watchkeepers before commencing the voyage.

Figure 7: Image of Trinity Bay’s ECS screen

Figure 7: Image of Trinity Bay’s ECS screen

Image of TRANSAS ECS screen taken after grounding showing Trinity Bay’s planned route and track in vicinity of Harrington Shoal.

Source: Sea Swift, annotated by the ATSB.

ATSB analysis

During the investigation, the ATSB examined both workbooks that were received by Trinity Bay’s master, the final, printed passage plan document and the route saved on the ECS program.

The ATSB analysis identified several discrepancies in the ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’ workbook (used by the master to create the route from Thursday Island to Cairns) as summarised below and in Figure 8:

  • There were 3 waypoints (numbered 28, 96, 97) named ‘Adolphus Channel’ with the latitude and longitude for waypoints 96 and 97 differing from those of waypoint 28
  • the listed relative position (bearing and range from ‘Quetta Rock beacon’) for waypoint 28 was incorrect and inconsistent with the respective latitude and longitude coordinates
  • the resulting leg between waypoint 97 and 98 in the spreadsheet’s sequence for a route from Adolphus Channel to Cairns passed directly over Harrington Shoal
  • the leg preceding waypoint 97 passed over Mid Rock
  • there were two distinct waypoints numbered 28— ‘Adolphus Channel’ and ‘Quetta Rock’—with different coordinates for each.

Examination of the other workbook (the ‘Passage Plan HI-CNS’ workbook) found that waypoints 97 and 98 differed from those with the same name and number in the workbook used by the master to construct the new route. In the ‘Passage Plan HI-CNS’ workbook’ waypoint 97, although still named ‘Adolphus Channel’, had coordinates that were different, and matched those of waypoints 28 and 96 in the workbook used by the master. Additionally, in this workbook, waypoint 98 was an entirely unique waypoint named ‘Harrington Reef’.

The analysis showed that a passage constructed using the same numbered waypoints (waypoints 97 and 98) but taken from the ‘Passage Plan HI-CNS’ workbook would have resulted in a route that passed Harrington Shoal safely (Figure 8).

Examination of Trinity Bay’s printed passage plan document for the grounding voyage also showed that the parallel index lines listed for the new route’s legs from waypoint 97 to waypoint 98 and from waypoint 98 to waypoint 99 were incorrect. However, these incorrect parallel index lines corresponded to the equivalent legs had the route been constructed using the ‘Passage Plan HI‑CNS’ workbook. This indicated that the master likely used the incorrect waypoints from the ‘Passage Plan CNS‑HI’ but copied the parallel index line information for the equivalent route legs from the ‘Passage Plan HI‑CNS’ workbook.

Figure 8: ATSB analysis showing discrepancies in waypoints and resulting routes

Figure 8: ATSB analysis showing discrepancies in waypoints and resulting routes

The chart figure on the left shows the route passing over Harrington Shoal using waypoints from the ‘Passage Plan CNS – HI’ workbook. The chart figure on the right shows a route, constructed with the same numbered waypoints but from the ‘Passage Plan HI – CNS’ workbook, passing Harrington Shoal safely.

Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB based on analysis of Sea Swift passage planning workbooks

Waypoint anomaly

Following the grounding, the master reviewed the passage plan and discovered that an additional error had been made while entering the new route’s waypoints into the ECS. Waypoint 97 (Adolphus Channel) whose latitude and longitude coordinates were 10° 41.96’ S 142°38.69’ E had been incorrectly entered into the ECS as 10° 42.21338’ S 142° 38.84375’ E. The master was unable to explain the discrepancy although the error was probably made in the course of using the ECS computer mouse to ‘drop’ waypoints onto the displayed electronic chart.

The difference in the waypoint coordinates equated to the incorrectly entered waypoint being about 0.30 miles south-east of the coordinates for waypoint 97 detailed in the printed passage plan (Figure 9). Routes using either waypoint resulted in the following leg passing directly over Harrington Shoal although the preceding leg was moved about 0.15 miles away from Mid Rock.

Figure 9: Section of chart Aus 839 showing incorrectly input waypoint

Figure 9: Section of chart Aus 839 showing incorrectly input waypoint

Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB.

Execution and monitoring

The execution and monitoring phases occur concurrently. The planned route, which has been checked and approved, is executed and the vessel’s progress against the route is monitored using all available means. Any concern or doubt with regard to the passage plan or the safety of the ship required the officer of the watch to call the master and, in the meantime, take appropriate action to ensure the safety of the vessel. Having not identified Mid Rock or Harrington Shoal as potential dangers to navigation on the route during the planning stage, the last opportunity to do so was during the monitoring phase of the passage.

On 15 January 2021, on departure from Cairns and prior to using the new routes for the first time, the master’s night orders cautioned watchkeepers that the ‘…new route of plotter will not line up exactly with chart route. Follow plotter route…’. The orders also instructed watchkeepers to ‘…stay within cross track error guidelines on plotter unless avoiding traffic…’.

On the day of the grounding, the OOW was primarily monitoring the ship’s passage using the ECS and was focussed on ensuring the vessel remained within the route’s cross track limits as displayed on the ECS. They were also plotting radar fixes on the paper chart Aus 839 at about 15‑minute intervals. However, the most appropriate scale chart for the area was Aus 292 which was not used. Furthermore, the new route was not plotted on the paper charts, which still retained the original routes marked in red ink.

The OOW’s radar fix, plotted at 0715, (Figure 10) showed the vessel on track to pass dangerously close to Mid Rock, a charted underwater rock with a depth of 4.9 m. However, the OOW was not alerted to the danger and continued with the passage eventually passing about 0.18 miles from Mid Rock at about 0720.

Figure 10: Chart extracts showing Trinity Bay's passage close to Mid Rock

Figure 10: Chart extracts showing Trinity Bay&apos;s passage close to Mid Rock

Source: Sea Swift and Australian Hydrographic Office, modified and annotated by the ATSB.

Radar fixes on the paper chart at 0745 and 0800 similarly showed the ship on track to pass over Harrington Shoal (Figure 11). While the OOW started to become concerned when they observed that the relative aspect of Harrington Reef west cardinal mark was different to what they were accustomed to, they nevertheless assessed that it was safe to continue the passage.

In both the above instances, the ECS display would also have shown the ship standing into danger.

Figure 11: Chart extracts showing Trinity Bay's passage leading up to grounding

Figure 11: Chart extracts showing Trinity Bay&apos;s passage leading up to grounding

Source: Sea Swift and Australian Hydrographic Office, modified and annotated by the ATSB.

Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait vessel traffic service (REEFVTS)

Background

The Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait regions are internationally recognised for their cultural and environmental significance. The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park was established in 1975 and added to the World Heritage list in 1981. IMO subsequently named the Great Barrier Reef as the world’s first particularly sensitive sea area (PSSA) in 1990 followed by the Torres Strait in 2005.

In December 2004, the Queensland and Australian Governments established the Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait vessel traffic service (REEFVTS) with the stated purpose to:

  • make navigation in Torres Strait and the inner route of the Great Barrier Reef safer by working with shipping to give the best possible information on potential traffic conflicts and other navigational information;
  • minimise the risk of maritime accidents, and therefore avoid the pollution and damage which such accidents can cause to the marine environment in the Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait; and
  • assist with quick response if a safety or pollution incident does occur.

Additionally, the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Zoning Plan defined a designated shipping area (DSA) to help minimise impacts on the park from shipping activity. In 2014, a Two-Way Route system, designed to keep ships clear of charted hazards and to assist in safe and efficient navigation, was adopted by the IMO and implemented within the DSA.

REEFVTS authority and area

The Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Ship Reporting System (REEFREP) is a mandatory ship reporting system established under SOLAS and given effect by AMSA’s marine order 63 (MO 63)[34] which required ships, including Trinity Bay, to report to REEFVTS when navigating within the REEFVTS area (Figure 12).

REEFVTS is operated 24 hours a day by Maritime Safety Queensland (MSQ) under a memorandum of understanding with AMSA.

Figure 12: REEFVTS area boundary at the time of the grounding

Figure 12: REEFVTS area boundary at the time of the grounding

Source: Reef VTS user guide, annotated by ATSB.

REEFVTS monitoring systems

REEFVTS monitors and communicates with ships to ensure safe and efficient navigation within the compulsory reporting area. REEFVTS achieved this objective by maintaining a vessel traffic image[35] of shipping in the REEFVTS area and by providing ship masters and pilots with ship encounter information, maritime safety information and navigational support. Vessel traffic service operators (VTSOs) used a decision support tool (DST) to display the vessel traffic image and to monitor vessels in the REEFVTS area.

MaritimeCONTROL

MaritimeCONTROL was a new DST, introduced at REEFVTS in December 2020 to replace the previous system. The MaritimeCONTROL system integrated information and data from ships transiting the REEFREP area making it accessible via a single monitoring tool. The system displayed the REEFREP area overlayed with information such as ship positions, routes, and navigation features using several sources, including automatic identification system (AIS) information, radar and satellite data.

The system allowed for the configuration of boundaries to areas of critical interest including potential grounding areas, shallow water areas and other areas hazardous to navigation. These boundaries enabled the generation of visual and audible alerts to alert the VTSO to the development of situations potentially dangerous to navigation including area penetration alerts, shallow water alerts, alerts for entry and exit to the REEFREP area, line crossing alerts for critical turns and alerts if a vessel’s speed slowed significantly (indicative of grounding) (Figure 13).

Figure 13: MaritimeCONTROL display showing visual alerts for Trinity Bay

Figure 13: MaritimeCONTROL display showing visual alerts for Trinity Bay

Image of MaritimeCONTROL screen showing ENC overlay of the Two-Way route and route adherence area penetration boundaries. The top right of the screen shows visual potential grounding alerts for Trinity Bay as a result of its breach of the green area boundary around Harrington Reef and Wyborn Reef.

Source: Maritime Safety Queensland, annotated by the ATSB.

MaritimeCONTROL also allowed for specific routes to be configured into the system including options for deep, moderate, and shallow draught routes with multiple route variations within the Two-Way route capable of being monitored. Routes outside of the Two-Way route system but within the DSA, used by smaller, shallower draught ships were also incorporated into MaritimeCONTROL.

REEFVTS was normally advised of a ship’s intended route by the marine pilot or ship’s master upon entry to or on commencement of the ship’s voyage within the mandatory reporting area. However, the VTSO could also allocate routes based on familiarity with a vessel’s operations or could request a master to clarify their intended route. Once allocated, the system monitored the progress of vessels on these routes and, if a vessel significantly deviated from the route, a route adherence alert was generated.

The responsibility for maintaining the systems and software used in REEFVTS monitoring, including MaritimeCONTROL, was delegated to MSQ.

System fault

On 10 January 2021, a fault was identified and reported to MaritimeCONTROL’s vendor by MSQ. The level 2 fault,[36] was associated with AIS tracking and resulted in multiple spurious route adherence alerts being generated in different locations continuously. The high number of spurious alerts generated continuous audible and visual alerts on the system display. By 4 February 2021, a software fix had been developed and testing had commenced, however the issue was not resolved until 12 August 2021.

In the meantime, REEFVTS operators were authorised to mute the audible alerts, although the visual active alert panel continued to be triggered and remained highlighted on the display screen whilst the alert state existed (Figure 13).

Vessel Traffic Service operator (VTSO)

At the time of the occurrence, REEFVTS operated out of the MSQ VTS Centre in Townsville, Queensland. REEFVTS was continually staffed by one operator and supported, if required, by another VTSO (who otherwise usually performed port VTS duties). The VTSO staff comprised 8 permanent and 4 casual employees rotating through 12-hour shifts for 2 days, then 2 nights, followed by 4 days off.

On the day of the grounding, the duty VTSO commenced their shift at 0600 following 4 days off. Their duties required them to monitor applicable vessels[37] in the REEFREP area ( Figure 12) using the MaritimeCONTROL system. At the start of their duty period, there were 41 active ship movements within the monitoring area with 2 more ship entries expected. This was under the threshold of 45 movements, detailed in REEFVTS operating procedures, where an additional VTSO could be called in to assist monitoring.

Between 0600 and 0822 that morning (when the master of Trinity Bay called REEFVTS to advise of the grounding), the VTSO was subject to 80 alerts, 42 of which were spurious and the result of the reported fault.

Trinity Bay alerts

At 0710 on 19 January 2021, Trinity Bay triggered a route adherence alert followed by a potential grounding alert at 0712. The alerts were a result of Trinity Bay diverting from the monitored route (assigned by the VTSO to the vessel based on past experience) and breaching the alert boundary surrounding Mid Rock.  At 0717, following an interaction with a different ship, the VTSO acknowledged the Trinity Bay alerts. At 0719, after managing multiple route adherence and potential grounding alerts generated by another ship, the VTSO investigated Trinity Bay’s alerts and determined there was no cause for concern. At about that time, Trinity Bay was passing close to Mid Rock.

The VTSO recalled that, after departing Thursday Island for Cairns, Trinity Bay ‘triggered a couple of alerts’. In the VTSO’s experience, this was not unusual as coastal traders, particularly Trinity Bay, typically transited on the margins of configured routes and while this often triggered alerts, further investigation by the VTSO generally found the ship to be in safe water within the DSA. On this occasion, they investigated the alerts and determined that the ship was not in danger of grounding (as was typically the case in their experience) and that no action was necessary. They then turned their attention to managing other tasks and alerts.

At 0736, ship encounter information (SEI) was generated for Trinity Bay and forwarded to the ship by the VTSO. Between 0736 and 0759, the VTSO was occupied with various tasks including radio communications with other ships, manually generating and transmitting SEI, and acknowledging numerous alerts for other ships (see Appendix A – REEFVTS alerts leading up to the grounding for more detailed information).

At 0759, as Trinity Bay approached Harrington Shoal, the ship triggered a route adherence alert, which was acknowledged by the VTSO at 0800 (Figure 13). At 0801, Trinity Bay triggered a potential grounding alert and at 0809, the ship triggered a slow speed alert (indicating grounding), both of which the VTSO acknowledged. The ship grounded about a minute later at 0810. However, the 3 alerts leading up to Trinity Bay’s grounding were not investigated by the VTSO, who remained unaware the ship had grounded until notified by the master.

Workload

The VTSO’s recollection of the number of active movements, the number of alarms on the day and the challenge of managing them indicate that they were probably experiencing a sustained period of high workload (overload). The number of ship movements in the REEFREP area on the morning of the grounding was close to the threshold where additional resources would generally be required. In addition, the number of system-generated false alerts added significantly to the VTSO’s workload. The VTSO recalled experiencing ‘10 times the normal workload’ and that they couldn’t concentrate or effectively monitor the ships within the REEFVTS area as a result.

Workload is described by Wickens and Hollands, 2013:

Mental workload characterises the demands of tasks imposed on the limited information processing capacity of the brain in much the same way that physical workload characterises the energy demands upon the muscles. In any resource-limited system, the most relevant measure of demand is specified relative to the supply of available resources.

Humans are limited in the amount of new information their brain can process at once. Once this limit of cognitive resources has been reached their performance starts to decline with increased error rates and delayed responses resulting in cognitive overload and thus mental fatigue. Factors that can increase workload can range from excessive task demands, time pressures, a lack of operator skills and knowledge, or environmental conditions.

This overload can create operator stress and lead to an increase in errors (Kum, Furusho, Duru & Satir, 2007). When workload gets too high for the available resources, task shedding can occur (Green et al., 1996), resulting in some tasks being shed altogether, and others being shed in a non-optimal manner (Wickens et al, 2013).

In the 70 minutes before being alerted to the grounding, the duty VTSO was subject to over 50 alerts, 5 of which were alerts generated by Trinity Bay, with the last 3 directly forewarning of the grounding. The alerts generated by Trinity Bay at 0710 and 0712 (as it approached Mid Rock) were acknowledged immediately but were not investigated by the VTSO until about 0719 (7 minutes later). These alerts were determined not to require VTSO action, and the ship proceeded to pass dangerously close to Mid Rock and inside the alerting area boundary around Mid Rock. The following 3 alerts at 0759, 0801 and 0809 were generated as Trinity Bay approached Harrington Shoal. These alerts were also acknowledged but this time were not investigated until the VTSO was notified of the grounding.

Alarm fatigue

Between 0600 (when the VTSO commenced duty) and 0822 (when the VTSO was alerted to the grounding), the duty VTSO received over 80 alerts of which at least 42 were false, generated as a result of the system fault.

Li and others (2017) explain that alarm fatigue refers to distrust or neglect of triggered alarms. In general, alarm fatigue can occur from alarm flood, false alarms, indistinct alarms and more. In a VTS context, alarm fatigue would impair the performance of VTSOs, reduce their situation awareness and increase the possibility of human errors occurring. The research goes on to explain that system design plays a large role in reducing alarm fatigue by addressing issues with false alarms and restoring operators’ trust in the system.

In an aviation context, air traffic controllers are exposed to multiple signals, which is a sensory stimulus that serves the general function of notifying a human operator of a situation that might require their intervention (i.e., an alarm, alert, or warning) (Ruskin et al. 2021). Signals that are perceived as unreliable are likely to provoke the so-called ‘cry wolf effect’. 

The ‘cry wolf’ effect is a general syndrome whereby excessive alarms, many of them seemingly unnecessary to the operator (such as false alerts), lead to a distrust, or disuse, in the alarm system. In turn, this operator distrust, or disuse, leads to a disregard of (or late response to) some true alarms (Lee & See, 2004; Parasuraman & Riley, 1997). This leads to a loss of trust in the system developing over time.

Research has found that false-alarm prone automation reduces overall performance, particularly affecting operator compliance and reliance (Dixon, Wickens & McCarley, 2006). In addition, research has shown that when an individual has to detect specific types of targets or stimuli over an extended period, their performance level will decrease, (Wickens and Hollands 2013).

The VTSO described having to manage a ‘horrendous amount of alerts’ that were appearing faster than they could be addressed, including a significant number of false alarms, particularly whilst they were trying to manage genuine alerts requiring follow-up or action. Managing these false alarms increased the already high workload and reduced the VTSO’s ability to concentrate and effectively monitor the ships within the REEFVTS area.

Coastal pilotage

In 1991, following the declaration of the Great Barrier Reef as the world’s first particularly sensitive sea area (PSSA) the previous year, Australia introduced compulsory pilotage for ships of 70 m or more in length and all type/size of loaded tankers.[38] Under the Navigation Act 2012 (Nav Act), compulsory pilotage was required for applicable vessels in the Great Barrier Reef area north of Cairns[39] and the Hydrographers Passage (Figure 12). Pilotage is separately and additionally required in these areas under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (GBRMP Act). In 2006, the Nav Act’s compulsory pilotage regime was extended to include the Torres Strait[40] following its own recognition as a PSSA. These pilotage areas are defined in marine order 54 (MO 54)[41] and/or the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Regulations 1983.

The Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) is responsible for the safety regulation of coastal pilotage including ensuring that domestic commercial vessels (DCVs) complied with the relevant requirements.

Pilotage exemptions

The master or owner of a vessel could apply for an exemption from the legislated requirement to engage an AMSA-licenced marine pilot in a compulsory pilotage area. The Nav Act and the GBRMP Act have separate and discrete requirements relating to pilotage and an exemption granted under one Act does not equate to an exemption under both.

To operate as ‘coastal pilot exempt’, a vessel must have a current ‘exemption’ certificate issued by AMSA and/or the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA). Where an exemption is required exclusively for operations in the Torres Strait and/or the Great North East Channel pilotage area, a pilotage exemption is required under the Nav Act and granted by AMSA. Where an exemption is required for the Inner Route, Hydrographers Passage, or the Whitsundays (pilotage areas which are the subject of both Acts), separate applications must be made to AMSA as well as the GBRMPA.

In addition to the vessel exemption, the Nav Act requires that the master and any navigational watchkeepers on watch when the vessel is in a compulsory pilotage area should also have current AMSA ‘approval’ to act in their positions on the exempt vessel.

Depending on the pilotage area for which the exemption was sought, applications addressing the prescribed information[42] were required to be made to AMSA and/or the GBRMPA in accordance with the requirements of the corresponding act. AMSA and/or the GBRMPA then assessed the applications including a technical assessment of the vessel, the qualifications and experience of the master and nominated navigational watchkeepers, and a consideration of the associated environmental risks before deciding.

Trinity Bay’s exemption

On 6 November 2018, AMSA conducted an audit and inspection of Trinity Bay following an application for a coastal pilotage exemption. The inspection and audit were undertaken using an audit checklist and included assessment and/or verification of:

  • the prescribed information required to be provided in the application
  • the validity of the master’s and navigational watchkeepers’ certificates of medical fitness
  • the validity and appropriateness of relevant qualifications (including seafaring Certificates of Competency and radio operator’s certificates) for the master and navigational watchkeepers
  • details of recent navigational experience in the compulsory pilotage areas of the master and navigational watchkeepers
  • the validity of the vessel’s Certificate of Operation (and, if held, the Certificate of Survey)
  • a review of the vessel’s passage plans and their substantial compliance with the requirements of SOLAS and the IMO guidelines
  • a review of the application of appropriate navigational techniques and methodology including evidence of substantial compliance with passage plans
  • evidence of substantial compliance with REEFVTS reporting requirements and knowledge of REEFVTS services, operations and interaction
  • the status of relevant nautical publications and references held onboard
  • the nautical chart folio, application of Notices to Mariners, maritime safety warnings, meteorological warnings, updates and associated procedures
  • carriage of GBRMPA zoning information and charts
  • watchkeeping arrangements including relevant fatigue management policies and procedures
  • standing orders and night order’s content and understanding
  • automated watchkeeping alarms and bridge navigation watchkeeping alarm system status.

The audit recorded that compliance with a passage plan was evidenced during the audit, including that radar was the primary means of position fixing used on board. It was also noted that ECS was only used as an aid and that it provided a cross track error alarm capability.

Having conducted the audit, reviewed the information in the application, and considered the vessel’s risk profile (including maximum draught, areas of operation, navigational equipment onboard and the experience of the master and crew), the vessel was deemed to have met the requirements for an exemption. On 10 December 2018, AMSA issued a certificate of exemption for Trinity Bay valid for 5 years. Separately, endorsements were granted for the master and navigational watchkeepers approving them to act in those positions aboard Trinity Bay.

A letter detailing the assessment and recommending that Trinity Bay be exempted from the requirement to carry a licensed coastal pilot was subsequently forwarded to the GBRMPA on 21 November 2018. Consequently, the GBRMPA issued a vessel exemption for the same period.

Similar occurrences

Over the past 2 decades, flag administrations and agencies with a responsibility to investigate safety occurrences have investigated several groundings with certain common recurring themes relating to the planning and monitoring phases of the passage planning process.

Kaami

On 23 March 2020, the general cargo vessel Kaami ran aground on Sgeir Graidach shoal in the Little Minch on the west coast of Scotland, while on passage from Drogheda, Ireland to Slite, Sweden. The crew were safely evacuated from the vessel by coastguard helicopter and Kaami was successfully refloated by salvors on 4 May 2020. There were no injuries but the damage to Kaami’s hull was extensive, and the ship was declared a constructive total loss.

The United Kingdom’s MAIB investigated the grounding and published Report No. 7/2021. The investigation concluded that:

  • a full appraisal of information was not made in the voyage planning process
  • a visual check of the route using appropriately scaled electronic navigation charts was not conducted
  • the ECDIS route safety check was not carried out
  • a second check of the voyage plan did not take place which meant the plan was created by a single person in isolation, and monitoring of the passage was ineffective.

Additionally, they concluded the watchkeepers at Stornoway Coastguard Operations Centre did not intervene prior to Kaami’s grounding as they were unaware of the developing situation.

Ovit

On 18 September 2013, the Malta registered chemical tanker Ovit grounded on the Varne Bank in the Dover Strait while on passage from the Netherlands to Italy. The ship’s primary means of navigation was ECDIS using MARiS 900 ECDIS units. The passage plan passed directly over the Varne Bank in the English Channel. The ship refloated on a rising tide about 2.5 hours after grounding with only minor paint damage.

The United Kingdom’s MAIB investigated the grounding and published Report No. 24/2014. The investigation concluded that the passage had been planned over the Varne Bank by an inexperienced, junior officer. The plan was not properly checked for navigational hazards using the ECDIS route checking function nor was it checked by the master.

CFL Performer

On 12 May 2008, the Netherlands registered dry cargo ship CFL Performer grounded on Haisborough Sand off the East coast of England while on passage from Suriname to the United Kingdom. The ship’s primary means of navigation was ECDIS using Furuno FEA-2107 ECDIS units. The ship’s route was planned across Haisborough Sand, a shoal about 10 mile long and 1 mile wide, where the charted depth of water was considerably less than the vessel’s draught. The ship grounded about 29 minutes after the OOW adjusted course to follow the ship’s planned route. The ship was refloated shortly after with no reported injuries, damage or pollution.

The United Kingdom’s MAIB investigated the grounding and published Report No. 21/2008. The investigation concluded that the route plan was not adequately checked for navigational hazards in either the planning or monitoring stages of the passage plan process. The ECDIS’s route check page was not used to check each leg of the route for navigational hazards. The investigation also found that none of the ship’s bridge watchkeeping officers had been trained in the use of ECDIS and that the ECDIS’s watch vector (look-ahead function) was not activated.
 

Safety analysis

Introduction

On the morning of 19 January 2021, the general cargo ship Trinity Bay grounded on Harrington Shoal while transiting the inner route of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park mandatory pilotage area, on passage from Thursday Island in the Torres Strait to Cairns, Queensland. The ship sustained minor hull damage with no reported injuries or oil pollution.

Harrington Shoal was a charted feature in the Great Barrier Reef and Trinity Bay had successfully transited the area, about 8 times per month, for the preceding 10 years, but on this occasion was using a new passage plan for the voyage south to Cairns.

This analysis examines, among other factors, the operator’s safety management system (SMS) and introduction of standardised passage plans, the voyage planning process, shipboard use of unofficial electronic chart system (ECS) and REEFVTS surveillance and monitoring.

Crew fatigue, the Australian Maritime Safety Authority’s (AMSA) pilotage exemption processes and the management of change processes of the operator (Sea Swift) and REEFVTS were also considered and discounted as factors that contributed to the grounding.

Safety management system

Sea Swift’s SMS required that only designated person ashore (DPA)-approved routes be used for navigation. While Sea Swift was in the process of trialling a draft passage planning tool (an Excel workbook) with the intention of introducing standardised passage plans in the future, at the time of the occurrence there were no DPA-approved routes in existence in the operator’s Queensland fleet. This meant that vessels were effectively unable to comply with this SMS requirement.

In the absence of DPA-approved routes, crews on ships including Trinity Bay, continued to operate using proven routes that, in some cases, had been in use for over 10 years. However, during an internal audit, a non-conformance related to passage planning was recorded against the ship. In seeking to rectify the non-conformance, Trinity Bay’s master sought, and obtained, what they believed were safe, DPA-approved waypoints from the ship trialling the passage planning workbook. Trinity Bay’s master then used waypoints from this workbook to construct new routes, including the route from Thursday Island to Cairns. However, the waypoints defining one of the legs on the route to Cairns, as listed in the workbook, resulted in a route leg passing dangerously close to Mid Rock.

More significantly, a route leg also passed directly over the charted navigational danger of Harrington Shoal.

Passage planning

Planning

Passage planning procedures in Trinity Bay’s SMS generally reflected IMO guidelines and international best practice on the subject. Key elements of the planning phase involved laying out (or plotting) the route on the ship’s primary means of navigation (paper charts), visually checking the route for dangers and engaging an independent check to verify that the route was safe. In this instance, the master entered the waypoints for the new routes directly into the ship’s electronic chart system (ECS).

While the master reported checking that the waypoints were in safe water, the route legs between the waypoints were not visually checked for dangers, nor did the ECS possess automatic route safety checking functions. Furthermore, had the new waypoints and route been plotted on the ship’s paper charts, the physical act of drawing the route leg over Harrington Shoal would have made the danger obvious and readily identifiable. Finally, there was no independent verification of the passage plan sought from another deck officer, which meant that another opportunity to identify the danger during the planning phase was lost.

The failure in the planning phase to detect that the route was plotted across Harrington Shoal and close to Mid Rock meant that an unsafe passage had been planned and put into use. The remaining opportunity to detect the danger was the monitoring phase of the passage plan process.

Monitoring

Once the passage had been put into use, it fell to the officers of the watch (OOW) to execute and monitor the ship’s progress against the passage plan. The OOW was required to ensure that the ship remained safe at all times within the parameters set out in the approved passage plan and that the master was called in the event there were concerns with the passage.

On board Trinity Bay, the route in use was only displayed on the ECS and not plotted on the official paper charts which retained the ship’s old routes. The master’s night orders acknowledged this, advising OOWs that routes on the ECS and paper charts would differ and that the route displayed on the ECS was the route to be executed and monitored. Consequently, the OOW focussed on keeping the ship on the planned route displayed on the ECS.

Radar position fixes plotted on the paper charts by the OOW showed the ship on track to pass dangerously close to Mid Rock. Similarly, position fixes on the paper charts in the time leading up to the grounding, clearly showed the ship on track to ground on Harrington Shoal. In both instances, the danger posed to the ship should have been readily evident on the paper chart based on projecting the ship’s track (as indicated by the consecutive radar fixes) forward. Additionally, effective monitoring of the ship’s progress on the ECS should also have alerted the OOW to the fact that the route was laid across the shoal.

The OOW identified that parallel index lines listed in the passage plan did not correspond to the new route’s legs and observed that the ship appeared closer to the Harrington Reef west cardinal mark than usual. However, these did not alert the OOW to an issue with the route and they did not investigate further or call the master. There were several opportunities for the OOW to detect that Trinity Bay was running into danger however the monitoring of the passage was ineffective and, consequently they were unaware of the danger until the ship grounded.

REEFVTS

On the morning of the grounding, the duty vessel traffic service operator (VTSO) was very likely experiencing a sustained high workload. They were managing multiple vessel movements within the REEFREP area with the number of movements close to the REEFVTS-defined threshold when additional VTSO assistance would generally be required. Additionally, a known technical fault in the REEFVTS monitoring and surveillance system used by VTSOs resulted in a significant number of spurious alerts and alarms being generated. Consequently, the VTSO was also subject to a large number of false alarms interspersed with legitimate alerts requiring action.

The sustained high workload, compounded by likely alarm fatigue as a result of the system fault, probably resulted in decreased performance and in the VTSO being unable to adequately address and investigate all incoming alerts in an optimal manner. The VTSO’s experience and familiarity with Trinity Bay’s regular and relatively incident-free history of operations in the reef, also likely influenced their expectation that alerts generated by the ship were less likely to be indicative of a potential adverse situation developing.

In the 10 minutes leading up to Trinity Bay’s grounding, there were 3 alerts forewarning of the potential grounding. However, while these alerts were acknowledged, they were not investigated and the VTSO remained unaware of the situation until notified of the grounding by the master via mobile telephone.
 

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the grounding of Trinity Bay on Harrington Shoal, Queensland on 19 January 2021.

Contributing factors

  • Trinity Bay’s master used an uncontrolled, erroneous draft passage planning tool to make a new passage plan with the aim of addressing a recent internal audit non-conformity about passage planning and to comply with the operator’s requirement to use approved routes and waypoints.
  • An independent verification of the new passage plan, as required by the operator’s procedures and by best practice was not done, and no one identified that the ship’s planned track passed directly over the charted danger of Harrington Shoal.
  • The new planned tracks were entered into the electronic chart system instead of being annotated on the paper charts, the primary means of navigation, which indicated tracks along the ship’s usual passage plan.
  • Trinity Bay’s officer of the watch was not monitoring the ship’s progress effectively, resulting in the ship passing dangerously close to the charted danger of Mid Rock at about 0720 before grounding on Harrington Shoal 50 minutes later.
  • In the time leading up to the grounding and subsequently, route adherence alerts, potential grounding alerts and slow speed alerts associated with Trinity Bay were acknowledged by the duty operator at REEFVTS but not followed up. This was due to the operator experiencing a sustained period of elevated workload combined with a high level of expectancy that the ship was not at risk as it frequently transited the area.
  • An ongoing technical fault in the REEFVTS monitoring and surveillance system caused an abnormally high number of erroneous alerts and alarms. Consequently, REEFVTS operators were experiencing sustained periods of elevated workload, including that of the operator at the time of the Trinity Bay’s grounding. (Safety issue)

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to marine industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

REEFVTS monitoring

Safety issue number: MO-2021-001-SI-01

Safety issue description: An ongoing technical fault in the REEFVTS monitoring and surveillance system caused an abnormally high number of erroneous alerts and alarms. Consequently, REEFVTS operators were experiencing sustained periods of elevated workload, including that of the operator at the time of the Trinity Bay’s grounding.

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action by Sea Swift

In response to the incident, Sea Swift advised the ATSB that:

  • the TRANSAS electronic chart system program was removed from service.
  • a mentoring and audit program was implemented across the operator’s fleet to ensure crew understood the operator’s safety management system requirements on passage planning and navigation and that it was effectively implemented.
  • the operator was investigating fully compliant electronic chart display and information system options for its vessels.

Glossary

AISAutomatic Identification System
AMSAAustralian Maritime Safety Authority
ECDISElectronic Chart Display and Information System
ECSElectronic Chart System
ENCElectronic Navigational Chart
GBRMPAGreat Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
IMOInternational Maritime Organisation
IMSIntegrated Management System
ISM CodeInternational Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.
MSQMaritime Safety Queensland
NSCVNational Standard for Commercial Vessels
PSSAParticularly Sensitive Sea Area
REEFVTSGreat Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Vessel Traffic Service
SEIShip Encounter Information
SOLASThe International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended.
SMSSafety management system
VTSVessel Traffic Service

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • the master and chief mate on board Trinity Bay
  • Australian Maritime Safety Authority
  • Maritime Safety Queensland
  • Sea Swift.

References

Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2016, Marine Order 27 – Safety of navigation and radio equipment 2016, AMSA, Canberra.

Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2014, Marine Order 54 (Coastal pilotage) 2014, AMSA, Canberra.

Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2019, Marine Order 63 (Vessel reporting systems) 2019, AMSA, Canberra.

Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2018, Marine Order 504 – Certificates of operation and operation requirements - national law, AMSA, Canberra.

Dixon SR, Wickens CD, McCarley JS. How do automation false alarms and misses affect operator compliance and reliance? In Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting 2006 Oct (Vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 25-29). Sage CA: Los Angeles, CA: SAGE Publications.

Green, R. G., Muir, H., James, M., Gradwell, D., & Green, R. L. (1996). Human factors for pilots. Second edition. Ashgate, UK.

International Maritime Organization, 2014, The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended, IMO, London.

Kum S, Furusho M, Duru O, Satir T. Mental workload of the VTS operators by utilising heart rate. TransNav, International Journal on Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation. 2007 Jun 1;1(2).

Lee JD, See KA. Trust in automation: Designing for appropriate reliance. Human factors. 2004 Mar;46(1):50-80.

Li F, Lee CH, Xu G, Chen CH, Khoo LP. A QFD-enabled conceptualization for reducing alarm fatigue in vessel traffic service centre. In Transdisciplinary Engineering: A Paradigm Shift 2017 (pp. 821-828). IOS Press.

Parasuraman R, Riley V. Humans and automation: Use, misuse, disuse, abuse. Human factors. 1997 Jun;39(2):230-53.

Ruskin KJ, Corvin C, Rice S, Richards G, Winter SR, Ruskin AC. Alarms, alerts, and warnings in air traffic control: an analysis of reports from the Aviation Safety Reporting System. Transportation research interdisciplinary perspectives. 2021 Dec 1;12:100502.

Sea Swift Integrated Management System (IMS) Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) IMS-SOP-020 Marine Operations, revision 1.8, 23 October 2020.

Sea Swift Integrated Management System (IMS) Standard Work Instruction (SWI) IMS-SWI-020.21 Passage Planning, revision 1.4, 3 November 2020.

Wickens CD, Hollands JG, Banbury S & Parasuraman R (2013) Engineering psychology and human performance, 4th edition, Pearson Boston, MA.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the master and chief mate of Trinity Bay
  • Sea Swift
  • Australian Maritime Safety Authority
  • Maritime Safety Queensland

Submissions were received from:

  • Australian Maritime Safety Authority

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
 

Appendices

Appendix A – REEFVTS alerts leading up to the grounding

Table 1 below outlines the MaritimeCONTROL event list for the period from 0659 to 0822 on 19 January 2022, with description and actions taken in the lead up to Trinity Bay grounding.

Table 1: MaritimeCONTROL event list from 0659 to 0822 on 19 January 2021

TimeAction / Description
0659Reef VTS communicated with MV Golden Kennedy for entry report on VHF 11
0704MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA [route adherence] and AP [area penetration] alerts
0705Bulk Carrier MV Sammy triggered AP Slow Speed alert
0706Reef VTS acknowledged MV Sammy alert
0709SEI generated and sent for STI Topaz
0710MV Trinity bay triggered RA alert
0712MV Trinity Bay triggered PG [potential grounding] alert
0713SEI generated and sent for MV Central
0717Reef VTSO acknowledged both alerts
0718MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0719Reef VTSO investigated MV Trinity Bay's position and situation
0723LCT MV Biquele Bay triggered RA alert
0726Reef VTS Acknowledged MV Biquele Bay alert
0728MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0730Bulk Carrier MV Sammy triggered Critical turn alarm, Reef VTSO acknowledged. Reef VTSO commenced following ship by setting up a follow track sub window to monitor ship around the critical turn.
0731MV PMG Pride Triggered PG alert Cowlishaw Reef
0734MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0735MV Elm K triggered a RA alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged. Alert due to ship picking up reef pilot
0736SEI generated and sent for MV Trinity Bay
0736MV Ywam PNG triggered RA alert and line crossing alert. Reef VTSO acknowledged, investigated normal operation for small vessel.
0738SEI generated and sent via Inmarsat to MV Legato II
0738HMAS Leeuwin line crossing into Reef VTS area, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0740Reef VTS communicated with West Treasure for entry report on VHF 11
0741MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0746Reef VTS communicated with MV Leikanger for final report on VHF 14
0746MV Malu Trojan triggered line crossing alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0746Reef VTS answered TSV port VTS phone call
0747MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0747HMAS Melville line crossing into Reef VTS area
0750Bulk Carrier MV Sammy triggered RA alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged.
0750MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0751Reef VTSO acknowledged HMAS Melville line crossing alerts, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0752Reef VTS communicated with Bulk Carrier MV Sammy questioning intentions after exiting route on VHF 11
0754MV West Treasure triggered line crossing alert
0755Reef VTS acknowledged MV Sammy RA alert
0756MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
075607:56 – 07:57 VTSO communicated with MV Elm K on VHF 14
0758Reef VTS acknowledged MV Mount Hope alerts
0759SEI generated manually and sent via Inmarsat to MV RTM Piiramu
0759SEI generated manually and sent via Inmarsat to MV Elk K
0759MV Trinity Bay triggered RA alert
0800Reef VTS acknowledged MV Trinity Bay RA alerts
0801Trinity Bay triggered PG alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0801MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0801Reef VTS communicated with MV Gulf Explorer for entry report on VHF 11
0802Bulk Carrier MV Sammy triggered AP Slow Speed alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0802MV Golden Kennedy triggered Critical turn alarm, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0804MV STI Topaz triggered RA alert
0806Reef VTS acknowledged MV STI Topaz RA alert
0806MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0808MV Ywam PNG triggered line crossing alert
0809MV Trinity bay triggered AP Slow Speed Alert (N.B. Trinity Bay grounded)
0811MV Trinity Bay triggered AP alert acknowledged
0811MV Mount Hope triggered multiple RA and AP alerts
0813MV Tianjin Venture triggered RA alert
0813MV Golden Wave triggered AP slow speed alert
0814MV African Lake AP slow speed alert, Reef VTSO acknowledged
0814MV Golden Wave triggered AP slow speed alert acknowledged
0814MV Tianjin Venture triggered RA alert acknowledged
0816SEI generated and sent via Inmarsat to MV African Lake
0822Master of MV Trinity Bay advises via phone ship is aground

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     For the purpose of this report a ‘return voyage’ describes the ship’s weekly round trip commencing northbound from Cairns, calling at Horn Island, Weipa and Thursday Island in that order and then returning to Cairns.

[2]     Official paper nautical charts were the ship’s primary means of navigation required to be used onboard to meet the chart carriage requirements of the regulations.

[3]     See the section titled Electronic Chart Systems (ECS).

[4]     A master uses a night orders book to record instructions for bridge watchkeepers on duty while the master is resting overnight.

[5]     The Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Vessel Traffic Service (REEFVTS) is operated by Maritime Safety Queensland as a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) authority approved by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA).

[6]     All ship’s headings are reported in degrees true unless specified otherwise.

[7]     One knot, or one nautical mile per hour equals 1.852 kilometres per hour.

[8]     A nautical mile is 1,852 m.

[9]     SEI provide details of ships that may be encountered whilst transiting the REEFVTS area and is calculated based on ship’s speed and route.

[10]    Inmarsat-C is a two-way store and forward communication system transmitting messages from ship-to-shore, shore-to-ship and ship-to-ship, operated by telecommunications company Inmarsat.

[11]    Parallel indexing is a real-time radar monitoring technique used to verify that the vessel is maintaining its intended track and will therefore pass a radar mark at a predetermined range.

[12]    A cardinal mark is a navigation mark which indicates the safe side to pass hazards, such as rocks, reefs or shallow water. A west cardinal mark indicates that the safest water is to the west of the mark.

[13]    At the time the ship was carrying 113,000 litres of diesel.

[14]    Deballasting is the process of discharging a ship’s ballast (sea water held in ballast tanks) in order to increase its buoyancy and reduce its draught.

[15]    The International Safety Management (ISM) Code requires a ship’s managers to have a designated person ashore (DPA) who should aim to ensure the ship’s safe operation and provide a link between all those on board and the highest level of management ashore.

[16]    Under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Zoning Plan (2004) ships may only navigate within the designated shipping area (DSA) and the general use zones of the park. The DSA was put in place to help minimise impacts from shipping, while having regard for the shipping industry and Australia’s international obligations.

[17]    A marine safety inspector may issue a prohibition notice that prohibits an activity that the inspector believes involves, or will involve, an immediate threat to the health and safety of any person or a serious risk to the environment.

[18]    The ship’s length overall (LOA) is recorded as 81 m on the Australian registration certificate. However, the measured length is recorded as 79.82 m on the ship’s DCV certificate of survey, which is used to determine the level of crew qualifications required to operate the ship.

[19]    DCV vessel compliance requirements are dictated by the category of service desired by the operator, and a vessel classed as 1C denotes a passenger vessel (13 or more passengers onboard) which can operate in restricted offshore operations (within 30 nautical miles from the baseline of the Australian mainland, including Tasmania).

[20]    A vessel classed as 2B denotes a non-passenger vessel (with up to 12 passengers onboard) which can conduct offshore operations (within 200 nautical miles from the baseline of the Australian mainland, including Tasmania).

[21]    Trinity Bay was certified to carry up to 50 berthed passengers and 14 crew under the 1C service category, and 12 berthed passengers and 14 crew under the 2B service category.

[22]    Marine orders are legal instruments made by AMSA pursuant to powers under Commonwealth legislation. They are also described as regulatory instruments or legislative regulations.

[23]    Differential global positioning systems are an enhanced form of GPS providing greater positioning accuracy than standard GPS.

[24]    The TRANSAS Navigator ECS program did not comply with the requirements of the USL code, NSCV or MO 27 for an ECS and did not use official electronic navigation charts (ENCs).

[25]    A voyage data recorder is designed to collect and store data from various shipboard systems in compliance with SOLAS requirements.

[26]    Certain DCVs less than 35 m in length could be equipped with an ECS that was compliant with the National Standard for Commercial Vessels’ (NSCV) standards for navigation equipment. However, all DCVs greater than 35 m in length were required to comply with Marine Order 27’s (MO 27) carriage requirements for shipborne navigational systems and equipment, which stated that if ENCs were used on board, they had to be displayed on a compliant ECDIS.

[27]    A Master <80 m certificate of competency authorises the holder to command or act as Chief Mate or deck watchkeeper of a DCV less than 80 m in length and operate to the outer limits of the Australian exclusive economic zone (EEZ).

[28]    A Mate <80 m certificate of competency authorises the holder to act as second in command of a DCV less than 80 m in length and operate to the outer limits of the Australian EEZ.

[29]    Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2018, Marine Order 504 – Certificates of operation and operation requirements - national law, AMSA, Canberra.

[30]    International Maritime Organization, 2018, International Management Code for the Safe Operation of ships and for Pollution Prevention (ISM Code) as amended, IMO, London

[31]    International Maritime Organisation (IMO), 1974, The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (SOLAS 1974), Chapter V, regulation 34 Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations, IMO, London.

[32]    International Maritime Organisation (IMO), 1999, Resolution A.893(21) Guidelines for voyage planning, IMO, London.

[33]    International Maritime Organisation (IMO), 1974, The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (SOLAS 1974), Chapter V, Annex 23 Voyage Planning, IMO, London.

[34]    Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2019, Marine Order 63 (Vessel reporting systems) 2019, AMSA, Canberra.

[35]    A vessel traffic image, or integrated surface picture, is a visual representation of the position and movement of vessels on a geographic information system.

[36]    A level 2 fault was defined as: Severity 2 (Major) - The VTS DST solution is not fit for operational use with this defect unresolved. Resolution of this defect will be required prior to the VTS DST solution being fit for operational use. Business impact is high.

[37]    All vessels 50 m or greater in length, tankers of any size and tug and tows with a tow greater than 150 m in length.

[38]    The Navigation Act 2012 requires ships over 70 m in length, loaded oil tankers, loaded chemical carriers, and loaded liquefied gas carriers (irrespective of length) to embark a licensed coastal pilot when transiting coastal pilotage areas.

[39]    The Whitsundays (Whitsunday Passage, Whitsunday Group and Lindeman Group) and the Inner Route (from Cape York to Cairns).

[40]    The Torres Strait and the Great North East Channel (GNEC).

[41]    Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2014, Marine Order 54 (Coastal pilotage) 2014, AMSA, Canberra.

[42]    Prescribed information means information that is required to be furnished in accordance with legislation. In this instance, prescribed information included information such as the name of the compulsory pilotage area for which the exemption was proposed, the names and addresses of the ship’s owner and applicant, the vessel’s name, type, IMO number, flag, principal dimensions, draught, hull material and other relevant information.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number MO-2021-001
Occurrence date 19/01/2021
Location Harrington Shoal
State Queensland
Report release date 22/06/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Marine
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Ship details

Name Trinity Bay
IMO number 9149990 DCV CLASS 1C, UI 856091
Ship type Grounding
Flag Australia
Owner Sea Swift
Manager Sea Swift
Departure point Thursday Island, Queensland
Destination Cairns, Queensland
Damage Minor

Fuel data occurrence involving Bombardier Dash-8-315, VH-TQE, Tamworth Regional Airport, New South Wales, on 15 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 30/09/2021

Safety summary

What happened

In the evening on 15 January 2021, a QantasLink Bombardier Dash-8-315 aircraft, registered VH‑TQE, was being prepared for a scheduled passenger service from Tamworth to Sydney, New South Wales. There were two flight crew, two cabin crew and 29 passengers on board. During the pre‑flight preparations, the flight crew misread the aircraft’s fuel tank gauges and interpreted the total fuel on board to be about 340 kg more than the actual quantity.

The incorrect fuel figure was subsequently used to complete pre-flight documentation and data entry inputs, and the aircraft departed Tamworth with inaccurate load, take‑off and fuel management data. The error was not detected by the flight crew until the aircraft reached its cruise level, when it was corrected, and the flight continued without further incident.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that the captain and first officer were distracted by the circumstances associated with the Tamworth arrival and this probably influenced the inaccuracy of the initial fuel check. Having made the initial error, the flight crew formed an incorrect mental model of the aircraft fuel state that persisted throughout the pre-flight preparations. The crew identified the error when seeking out new fuel‑related information during the cruise procedural check.

What has been done as a result

Following this incident, QantasLink provided internal communications to flight crew on checklist usage and cross checking of data. QantasLink also intends using the incident as a case study in its human factors/non-technical skills training program.

Safety message

Data input error is one of the ATSB’s SafetyWatch priorities. Flight crews can guard against errors similar to those in this incident by applying effective threat and error management strategies that recognise when such threats may arise and put in place suitable actions to minimise error potential. These actions include the strict adherence to standard operating procedures, clear and concise communication and independent cross checks between pilots.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

At about 1658 Eastern Daylight-saving Time[1] on 15 January 2021, a QantasLink Bombardier Dash-8-315 aircraft, registered VH-TQE (Figure 1), arrived at Tamworth Regional Airport, New South Wales. The aircraft was operating as a scheduled passenger service from Sydney to Tamworth with 23 passengers, and then returning to Sydney with 29 passengers at a planned departure time of 1740. The crew comprised the captain, first officer (FO) and two cabin crew. The captain was pilot flying (PF) and the FO was pilot monitoring for both sectors.[2]

Figure 1: VH-TQE

picture1-bombardier.jpg

Source: Supplied

Shortly after parking the aircraft at Tamworth, the captain left their seat and stood at the doorway between the flight deck and cabin. There had been thunderstorms while approaching Tamworth and the captain thought the disembarking passengers might have questions about the arrival.

The FO remained on the flight deck and finalised the records for the completed flight. As part of this task, the FO read the analogue gauges of the two fuel tanks as indicating a total remaining fuel quantity of 3,830 pounds (see the section titled Fuel gauges). The FO recorded this quantity as the shutdown fuel in the flight record without completing the required fuel quantity validation check (see the section titled Standard operating procedures).

Soon after, the FO provided the captain with the flight record to cross check the information entered. The captain recalled checking the fuel gauges and mentally calculating the total fuel to be about 3,820 pounds. The captain also omitted the fuel quantity validation check, and the FO then submitted the flight record electronically.

Shortly afterwards, the flight crew started completing the flight record for the return flight to Sydney and, as the aircraft did not require refuelling, entered a fuel figure of 3,830 pounds. The FO and captain then began their assigned ‘before start' checks. One of the captain’s assigned checks was to physically verify the fuel quantity. The captain, however, recalled the fuel quantity from memory and entered that figure (3,820 pounds) into the aircraft’s flight management system (FMS)[3] without verifying it.

The captain later completed the departure briefing using the same fuel figure. Following the departure briefing, the captain and FO undertook the ‘before start' checklist. This involved cross checking items, with the FO reading each item in the checklist and the captain actioning them. The captain recalled looking at the fuel gauges for the fuel quantity check but again relied on memory to read out the fuel figure.

As the aircraft’s load sheet weight data was in kilograms, the flight crew converted the fuel figure into kg (3,820 pounds to 1,733 kg). The load sheet for the return flight was submitted at 1714, recording a total fuel on board of 1,733 kg and a take‑off weight of 16,908 kg. The flight crew then used this take‑off weight to calculate the aircraft’s take‑off data, and at 1735, the aircraft departed Tamworth (see the section titled Load, take‑off and fuel management data).

At about 1750, the aircraft reached its assigned cruise level. Shortly after, the flight crew identified a fuel data mismatch during the procedural fuel check for that stage of the flight. They soon established that the fuel quantity used for all pre-flight activities and tasks had been incorrect (the correct fuel figure had been about 3,081 pounds). The fuel figure within the FMS was then amended, the aircraft load data recalculated, and sufficient fuel for the flight was verified.

The aircraft completed the flight to Sydney without further incident and the fuel figure error was reported by the flight crew on arrival. The fuel remaining on board the aircraft in Sydney was reconciled correctly and no defect with the fuel system or instrumentation was identified.

Context

Flight crew

The captain held an Airline Transport Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence and had recently been promoted to that position. The captain had a total flying time of 2,650 hours, having flown 86 hours in the previous 90 days. The captain’s total time included 83 hours on the Bombardier Dash-8-315 (Q300) aircraft and 1,205 hours as a FO on the Bombardier Dash-8-400 (Q400).

The FO held a Commercial Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence and a total flying time of 1,706 hours, having flown 67 hours in the previous 90 days. The FO had accrued a total of 346 hours on the Q300.

Both the captain and FO reported experiencing a high level of workload in the final phase of the Sydney to Tamworth flight due to thunderstorms in the vicinity of the airport. They also stated that, once the aircraft had landed, they both experienced a stress response to the high workload arrival. The captain stated that ‘the adrenaline was still coming from the previous flight making us do things quicker’. As such, it is likely that the flight crew’s attentional focus was reduced during the pre-flight preparations for the return to Sydney.

The ATSB found no indicators that increased the risk of either the captain or FO experiencing a level of fatigue known to have an effect on performance.

Fuel gauges

The Q300 aircraft has two analogue fuel quantity gauges located on the lower part of the engine instrument panel (Figure 2). The gauges fitted to VH-TQE indicated the quantity of usable fuel in each of the two main tanks in pounds. The flight crew needed to add these quantities to determine the total fuel on board.

Figure 2: Q300 fuel gauge layout

picture2-bombardier.png

Source: QantasLink, adapted and annotated by the ATSB

The captain had only recently commenced operating the Q300 and had significantly more experience on the Q400 aircraft. In the Q400, the fuel quantity is presented on the aircraft’s multi‑function display and includes a digital readout of the total fuel quantity, removing the need for any calculation (Figure 3).

Figure 3: Q400 fuel gauge layout

picture3-bombardier.png

Source: QantasLink, adapted and annotated by the ATSB

Standard operating procedures

QantasLink procedures required the flight crew to check or confirm the fuel on board the aircraft on five separate occasions prior to departure. Had these procedures been followed properly, the incorrect fuel figure would most probably have been identified. However, on each occasion the flight crew either did not complete the required procedure or did so erroneously (see Table 1).

Table 1: Standard operating procedures (fuel) and crew actions comparison

ProcedureProcedural requirement(s) – fuelFlight crew action(s)
Flight record (QL-2)
  • ‘check actual fuel burn against the estimated fuel burn from the nav log’
  • ‘fuel at shutdown must be verified against fuel gauges’
  • ‘all entered fields need to be cross checked by both crew members’
  • an incorrect shutdown fuel figure was identified and recorded by the FO
  • neither the captain nor the FO checked the actual fuel burn against the estimated fuel burn from the nav log
  • the captain’s cross check of the fuel gauge readings did not identify the incorrect fuel figure
Before start checks
  • captain to ‘confirm the fuel quantity is correct, adequate for the planned flight(s) as cross checked with the OFP [operational flight plan]’
  • the captain recalled the incorrect fuel figure from memory rather than reading the fuel gauges
  • the captain did not check the fuel quantity against the OFP
Departure briefing
  • PF to verbally confirm ‘the fuel on board meets requirements as per before start checks’
  • the captain verbally restated the incorrect fuel figure
Before start checklist
  • ‘ensure that the fuel on board has been checked against the fuel required on the OFP. State the fuel quantity currently on board as indicated on the fuel gauges’
  • ‘the person reading the checklist should also confirm each checklist item called is configured correctly as the checklist is read’
  • the captain recalled the incorrect fuel figure from memory rather than reading the fuel gauges
  • the captain did not confirm the fuel on board had been checked against the fuel required on the OFP
  • the checklist compliance and fuel figure error was not identified by the FO
Load sheet
  • Cross check ‘fuel – ramp fuel weight’
  • the captain and FO both entered the incorrect fuel figure in their independent load sheets
  • the cross check did not identify the incorrect fuel figure

Load, take‑off and fuel management data

The load sheet submitted by the flight crew before departing Tamworth incorrectly recorded the aircraft’s ramp fuel as 1,733 kg (3,820 pounds). As a result, the calculated take‑off weight of 16,908 kg was also incorrect. The flight crew then used the incorrect take‑off weight to determine the take‑off data, resulting in higher than required V speeds.[4] Additionally, the fuel figure entered into the FMS by the captain during the pre-flight activities was also incorrect. Consequently, the fuel data presented to the flight crew during the early stages of the flight were erroneous.

Safety analysis

Both the captain and FO described experiencing a physiological response to the Tamworth arrival, which persisted throughout the pre-flight preparations for departure. This physiological distraction probably degraded their attentional focus and resulted in the initial misinterpretation of the fuel gauges. Additionally, the captain had limited experience on the Q300 aircraft in which the flight crew was required to mentally calculate the total fuel on board. This additional cognitive step probably increased the chance of the error and made it more difficult to identify the error once it had occurred.

As a result of the actions during the initial fuel quantity identification, the captain and FO formed an incorrect mental model of the aircraft’s fuel state. This, coupled with ongoing reduced attentional focus, probably led them to recall the incorrect fuel figure during subsequent pre-flight activities. The same factors probably influenced the flight crew’s cross checks and contributed to the captain and FO omitting procedural checks aimed at capturing fuel quantity errors. Consequently, neither identified the error until the aircraft was airborne, when they followed procedures by seeking out new information during the cruise fuel check.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the fuel data event involving Bombardier Dash-8-315, VH-TQE at Tamworth Regional Airport, on 15 January 2021.

Contributing factors
  • The flight crew misread the aircraft’s fuel gauges after arrival at Tamworth probably as a result of distraction. This created an inaccurate mental model of the fuel quantity on board which, in turn, hampered identification of this error during subsequent pre-flight preparations for departure.
  • The incorrect fuel figure was used in pre-flight documentation and data entry inputs resulting in the aircraft departing Tamworth with inaccurate load, take‑off, and fuel management data.

Safety actions

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Safety action by QantasLink

Following this incident, QantasLink provided internal communications to flight crew on checklist usage and cross checking of data. QantasLink also intends using the incident as a case study in its human factors/non-technical skills training program.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • the flight crew of VH-TQE
  • QantasLink
  • Avdata
  • Airservices Australia

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the flight crew of VH-TQE and QantasLink.

A submission was received from QantasLink.

The submission was reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2021

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1. Eastern Daylight-saving Time (EDT): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 11 hours.
  2. Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM): procedurally assigned roles with specifically assigned duties at specific stages of a flight. The PF does most of the flying, except in defined circumstances; such as planning for descent, approach and landing. The PM carries out support duties and monitors the PF’s actions and the aircraft’s flight path.
  3. An FMS is an integrated navigation management system that provides flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. QantasLink procedures required the PF to configure the FMS for the planned flight, including entering the total fuel on board. The FMS would then automatically update the fuel on board, gross weight and predicted fuel requirements as the flight progressed based on the initial values entered.
  4. V speeds: take-off reference speeds or V speeds are provided by the manufacturer to assist pilots in determining when a rejected take off should be initiated, and when the aircraft can rotate, lift off and climb

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-002
Occurrence date 15/01/2021
Location Tamworth Regional Airport
State New South Wales
Report release date 30/09/2021
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Loading related
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Bombardier Inc
Model DHC-8-315
Registration VH-TQE
Serial number 596
Aircraft operator Eastern Australia Airlines (operating as QantasLink)
Sector Turboprop
Operation type Air Transport High Capacity
Departure point Tamworth Regional Airport, New South Wales
Destination Sydney Airport, New South Wales
Damage Nil

Loss of control and collision with terrain involving DJI Inspire 2, remotely piloted aircraft, Darling Harbour, Sydney, New South Wales, on 15 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 23/06/2022

Safety summary

What happened

On the morning of 15 January 2021, a DJI Inspire 2 remotely piloted aircraft (RPA) was being used for aerial photography and videography above Cockle Bay in Darling Harbour, Sydney. A short time after take-off the RPA unexpectedly accelerated away from the pilot. The pilot attempted to control the RPA and arrest its movement however, the aircraft was unresponsive to control inputs. The aircraft continued to accelerate to its maximum speed while flying away from the operator and towards nearby buildings. A short time later the RPA struck, and shattered, the window of a hotel adjacent to Darling Harbour. An occupant of the hotel received minor injuries from flying glass and the RPA was destroyed.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that shortly after take-off for the second flight of the day, the compass on the RPA failed due to electromagnetic interference. This resulted in the aircraft becoming unresponsive to control inputs leading to the collision with a building. Although not triggered in this occurrence, the failure of the compass also disabled the Failsafe return to home function. Thus, the failure of the compass had the two-fold effect of rendering the aircraft uncontrollable while simultaneously disabling the failsafe designed to prevent a fly away occurrence. 

Although not contributory to this occurrence, the ATSB also found the pilot did not follow the operator’s emergency procedures or comply with the regulators operational permissions to fly in restricted airspace.

What has been done as a result

Following a review of this occurrence, the manufacturer updated the user manuals of a number of products, including the Inspire 2. These changes provide additional guidance to users regarding the use of the fully manual attitude flight mode in the event of compass interference.

Safety message

While the reliability of Remotely Piloted Aircraft (RPA’s) is generally high, they are not infallible. Occurrences reported to the ATSB indicate that RPA fly-away occurrences are not rare. It is therefore important that pilots ensure they are familiar with and well drilled in emergency procedures, as well as being proficient in flying in all flight modes. In the case of an RPA fly‑away, whether it be due to a compass failure or loss of signal, there may only be a few seconds in which a pilot can take avoiding action. In the event of a compass failure, switching to the fully manual attitude flight mode may assist regaining control of the RPAS. Whereas, following a loss of signal to the RPA, the last remaining risk control to prevent a fly away are built-in design features such as the Failsafe Return to Home.

Remote pilots are also reminded that adhering to operational guidelines and limitations remains important for ensuring the safe operation of RPAs. This is particularly true in populated areas, where risks are potentially elevated. Adhering to the limitations and guidance provided by the regulator will ensure these risks remain as low as reasonably practicable.

 

The occurrence

On the morning of 15 January 2021, the pilot of a DJI Inspire 2 remotely piloted aircraft (RPA) arrived at Darling Harbour, New South Wales (Figure 1) for the commencement of aerial work operations. The operator had been contracted to conduct aerial photography and videography in the Cockle Bay area within Darling Harbour.

Figure 1: Accident location

ao-2021-001-pic-1.jpg

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

After being advised by the client that the subject was ready, the pilot set-up the RPA on the Cockle Bay marina (Figure 2) and conducted pre-flight checks. Pre-flight checks included checking for software updates, ensuring that GPS satellites were acquired, and checking the home point was set to the take-off location. It was reported that the first flight of the day commenced at about 1030 Eastern Daylight‑save Time[1] and lasted about 20 minutes.

Photographs and video of the subject were captured, and the RPA returned for an uneventful landing. The client advised that there would be an hour before the subject would be ready again, so the RPA was packed away. After receiving advice from the client advised that the subject would shorty be ready for photography, the RPA was once again set up. Fully‑charged batteries were installed, and the pre-flight checks were again conducted.

Figure 2: Area of operations

ao-2021-001-pic-2.jpg

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

The second flight for the day was reported to have commenced at about 1145. The pilot reported taking-off the RPA and climbing to about 10 m. During this time the RPA’s retractable legs were raised. The pilot recalled pitching the RPA towards the subject and within about 5 m of travel the RPA had pitched over to about 30°‑ 40° and accelerated quickly. The pilot realised the behaviour of the RPA was abnormal and attempted to control the RPAS and stop it pitching however the control inputs from the pilot had no effect on the RPA and it continued to accelerate in the same direction.

The pilot reported that when the RPA was about 30 m away the screen on the transmitter froze then subsequently went black. As the RPA continued to fly away the pilot lost sight of it. Having realised the RPA had flown away, the pilot made phone calls to report the matter to the operator’s chief pilot and chief executive officer. The pilot then initiated a search for the RPA and was subsequently notified by the company’s chief pilot that the aircraft had collided with a hotel on the far (western) side of Darling Drive. The pilot proceeded to the hotel to brief hotel staff and New South Wales Police Force officers, before returning to Darling Harbour to complete the job using a back-up RPA.

__________

  1. Eastern Daylight saving Time (EDT): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 11 hrs.

Context

Aircraft details

General details

The Remotely piloted Aircraft (RPA) was a SZ Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) Technology Co Ltd Inspire 2 (Figure 3).

Figure 3: DJI Inspire 2, shown in landing configuration

ao-2021-001-pic-3.jpg

Source: DJI

The Inspire 2 is part of DJI’s professional product line and is designed for aerial photography and cinematography. The aircraft is a quadcopter measuring 42.7 cm in length, 31.7 cm in height and 42.5 cm in width (without propellers). The aircraft is constructed with a magnesium aluminium composite shell and carbon fibre arms holding the motors and landing struts. During flight these arms are raised to allow unobstructed viewing from the camera suspended by the gimbal below the aircraft. With both batteries and all four propellers (but without the gimbal or camera) the Inspire 2 weights 3.44 kg and it has a maximum take-off weight is 4.25 kg. The Inspire 2 has a maximum flight time of between 23 and 27 minutes, depending on the payload, and has a maximum speed of 94 km/h.

Flight sensors

The inspire 2 was fitted with a Vision System and Infrared[2] Sensing System. The Vision System consisted of two forward facing optical sensors and two downward facing ultrasonic sensors. The Infrared Sensing System comprised two upwards facing infrared sensors. These systems were utilised in certain flight modes (see the Flight modes section) for positioning and obstacle avoidance. The Assisted Braking from Obstacle Sensing function used these sensors to actively aerodynamically brake when obstacles were detected around the aircraft. However, this function was only effective at aircraft speeds up to 50 km/h.

Flight modes

The Inspire 2 could be flown in three different flight modes, P-mode (Positioning), A-mode (Attitude), and S-mode (Sport).

P-mode was the most automated of the three modes. In this mode the Global Positioning System (GPS), as well as the anti-collision sensors, were used to assist stability and navigation. This mode also made use of the aircraft’s failsafe features (detailed in the following section).

S-mode maximised the aircraft’s agility and speed while still using GPS for positioning. In this mode a number of the aircraft’s safety features, such as the forward and downward vision systems, were disabled. As a result, the ability for the aircraft to sense and avoid obstacles was not available in S-mode.

A-mode was effectively a fully manual mode that could be used when neither the GPS nor the Vision System were available. In this mode the aircraft could not position or auto brake and, due to the lack of GPS positioning, the aircraft’s position was also affected by wind. The manual stated that the aircraft would switch into A-mode in the following two instances:

Passive: When there is weak GPS signal or when the compass experienced interference where the Vision System is unavailable.

Active: Users toggle the flight mode switch to A-mode.

The pilot reported normally using P-mode, including on the day of the occurrence.  

Return to Home function

The Inspire 2 had three types of return to home (RTH) functions that could return the aircraft back to the last recorded home point; Smart RTH, Low Battery RTH and Failsafe RTH.

  • Smart RTH could be activated by either using the RTH button on the remote controller or taping the RTH button in the DJI GO 4 application.
  • Low battery RTH would be automatically activated when the batteries are depleted to a point that may affect the safe return of the aircraft.
  • The Failsafe RTH was designed to automatically return the aircraft to its home point in the event of a loss of controller signal. For this feature to work the home point was required to be set and the compass functioning normally. If these conditions were met, the Failsafe RTH would activate if the controller signal was lost for more than 3 seconds.
Compass

The Inspire 2 was fitted with a single magnetic field sensor compass. The compass fed data to the Internal Measurement Unit (IMU), which was used for flight control.

Wreckage and accident site information

The aircraft struck a window of a hotel on the western side of Darling Drive. The impact site was approximately 330 m from the take-off location. The impact of the aircraft shattered the window, causing an ingress of glass into the room however, the aircraft did not penetrate the window.

The sole occupant of the room sustained minor injuries from the flying glass and the aircraft was destroyed, coming to rest on a balcony below the window. The glass used in the window was 10.38 mm bronze‑laminated glass, compliant with Australian Standard 1288.

Meteorological information

The pilot reported that the weather on the day was fine for RPA flying. That assessment was consistent with Bureau of Meteorology observations which, at 0900, indicated that the temperature was 21.9 °C with 80 per cent relative humidity and no rain. The wind speed was observed at Fort Denison (3 km north‑east of Darling Harbour) at 15 km/h from the south-south-west.

Additional information

Recorded flight data

Flight data logs were recovered from the RPA transmitter by the operator and supplied to the ATSB. Flight data logs were also recovered from a Secure Digital (SD) card mounted on-board the aircraft. Data from the penultimate flight (Figure 4) showed that the aircraft commenced the flight at 1048 from the Cockle Bay Marina and climbed to about 24 m above ground level (AGL).

Figure 4: Recorded flight data for the penultimate flight

ao-2021-001-pic-4.jpg

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

The aircraft was then manoeuvred within Cockle Bay before rising to 70 m (230 ft) AGL at the northern end of the bay. The aircraft was then flown over shore to a position above the Harbourside shopping mall before descending for landing at the take-off location. The flight time for the first flight was just over 17 minutes.

Data recorded from the incident flight is shown in Figure 5. Data recovered from the controller (shown in green in Figure 5) showed the aircraft taking off at 1140, again from the Cockle Bay Marina and initially climbing to about 20 m AGL.

Figure 5: Recorded flight data of the incident flight

ao-2021-001-pic-5.jpg

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

The aircraft then proceeded in a westerly direction towards the centre of Cockle Bay. Within about 8 seconds of take-off, and having only traversed about 5 m, the aircraft’s pitch increased to about 24° nose down and the aircraft quickly accelerated. The direction, altitude and pitch remained largely consistent as the aircraft continued to accelerate westward.

The last data point recorded by the controller was 184 m from the take-off location, as the aircraft approached the western side of Cockle Bay. At this point the aircraft was at 26 m AGL and travelling at its maximum speed of 94 km/h.

Data recovered from the aircraft (shown in red in Figure 5) is consistent with the controller data with regard to heading and speed. The slight off-set in altitude data is likely due to one data set using GPS altitude and the other using barometric altitude. The RPA data shows the aircraft continuing at its maximum speed at a relatively stable heading and altitude for another 150 m until it impacted a building on the western side of Darling Drive.

Operational information

Restricted airspace operations

The area of operation was classified as a restricted area by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (restricted area R405A). Sub regulation 101.065 (3) of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) 1998, required that the controlling authority must provide a written statement to an RPA operator of the conditions of entry to a restricted area. The operator applied for this permit, and one was provided by CASA. Some of the conditions of the permit were:

  • the radius of operation was to be within a 30-metre radius of a vessel at the location as shown in Figure 6
  • operations were to be between the surface and 90 feet above surface level (ASL)
  • operations were not permitted within 30 metres of the shoreline of Cockle Bay and not within 30 metres of, or over, any vessel not directly associated with the RPA operation, or in such a way that the master of a vessel had to take avoiding action.

Figure 6: Operational restrictions for operations within restricted area R405A.

ao-2021-001-pic-6.jpg

Source: Operator

Additionally, the permit did not exempt the RPA operator from the general conditions applicable to all RPA operators, that an RPA must not be operated:

  • beyond visual line-of-sight
  • over a populous area
  • within 30 metres of any person not directly associated with the RPA operation.
Emergency procedures

The operator’s operational procedures document provided guidance for actions to take in the event of a flyaway or visual loss of an RPA.

Fly Away or Visual Loss of RPA - Where an RPA is experiencing loss of control or is visually lost, all attempts shall be made to regain control or initiate the Return To Home procedure. Should these attempts fail perform a combined stick movement to shut-down the motors with due regard for the location of the RPA so as not to increase the risk of collision with persons or property. The Controller will shout warning to people or use radio where necessary. The shut-down timing is crucial to control the RPA termination point within a safe area before the aircraft has the possibility to fly beyond the area of operation into areas over people/property etc. In the event of an uncontrolled Fly Away, the RPA will be deemed unserviceable pending inspection by the Maintenance Controller.

The pilot made a number of attempts to control the RPA through use of the control sticks, without effect. However, they had no recollection of using the Smart return to home function or the emergency engine shutdown procedure.

Related occurrences

A review of the ATSB’s aviation occurrence database revealed that in the 4 years between 2017 and 2020, 1,165 occurrences have been reported to the ATSB involving an RPA aircraft type. In this time, 94 occurrences were classified as a Data link (UAS) occurrence type. The ATSB Occurrence type coding manual described this occurrence type as:

The partial or complete loss of transmission and/or reception of digital information from an unmanned aerial system.

55 (59 %) of the 94 Data link occurrences involved a DJI aircraft. However, it should be noted that DJI are the market leader for RPAS and, as such, they represent a significant proportion of RPAS flying in Australia. Outcomes for these occurrences varied, depending on whether the aircraft crashed immediately, flew away, or auto-landed (either on land or in water).

  • 43 of the 55 (78 %) were associated with a collision with terrain, while another two involved a ditching and seven resulted in missing aircraft.
  • 42 of the 55 (76 %) were classified as an accident, with the remainder classified as an incident
  • Nealy all of the 55 data link occurrences resulted in some level of damage to the aircraft, with 29 (53 %) of the 55 occurrences resulting in the aircraft being lost or destroyed. Another 12 occurrences resulting in substantial damage and 10 with minor damage.
  • Of the 55 DJI aircraft involved in a Data link occurrence, 32 of the RPA’s were in the Phantom product line, with 13 in the Matrice, 6 Mavic and 4 Inspire.

These aircraft varied in size between about 0.75 kg and 9 kg, with maximum speeds between about 65 and 94 km/h. The user manuals for all these aircraft types described the Failsafe Return to Home Function.

__________

  1. The part of the electromagnetic spectrum contiguous to the red end of the visible spectrum, comprising radiation of greater wavelength than that of red light.

Safety analysis

Loss of control

Shortly after take-off for the second planned flight from the Darling Harbour area on 15 January 2021, the pilot reported that the Inspire 2 remotely piloted aircraft (RPA) initiated an uncommanded pitch‑down and acceleration. The aircraft remained unresponsive to control inputs as it continued to accelerate westwards, towards the Harbourside shopping mall.

Before the aircraft left Cockle Bay the screen on the pilot’s transmitter that showed the camera image froze and then went black. Flight data recovered from the transmitter showed that about 8 seconds into the flight, the pitch of the aircraft increased significantly, followed shortly by an increase in speed. The aircraft continued to accelerate to its maximum speed of 94 km/h before recording of the flight data ceased 184 m from the take-off location.

Controller signal

The manufacturer advised that the data transmission system for the Inspire 2 had two independent channels, one for data upload and one for data download. Therefore, it was possible for one signal to be lost while maintaining the other. Analysis of the flight data log undertaken by the manufacturer showed a number of control inputs made by the pilot were received by the RPAS for the duration of the entire flight. Thus, the manufacturer advised that the upload signal (from the controller to the RPAS) was maintained for the entire flight.

Despite these control inputs being received by the RPAS, the flight data in Figure 5 shows that the aircraft did not appear to respond to these inputs, as it continued at roughly the same heading, speed and altitude until it collided with the building.  

Compass failure

Analysis undertaken by the manufacture indicated that at the time the aircraft took-off the compass was functioning normally. However, about a second after take-off the compass was subjected to strong magnetic interference. From this point the compass started sending spurious information to the internal measurement unit (IMU). A short time later the IMU accelerometer measurements became unstable leading to the loss of directional control. 

Failsafe Return to Home

The Inspire 2 had a Failsafe Return to Home (RTH) function, which was designed to prevent a flyaway occurrence in the event of a loss of controller signal. The user manual described three prerequisites for this feature to function properly. Specifically, the:

  • home point must be set
  • compass must be functioning
  • controller loss of signal must exist for more than three seconds.

In this occurrence the pilot had no control authority over the aircraft, and the signal download link ceased. Despite this, the signal upload link was maintained and therefore the failsafe RTH was not triggered. Additionally, about 1 second after take-off when the compass failed, the failsafe RTH was rendered inoperable as it relies on a functioning compass.

Flight modes

The Inspire 2 manual stated that the aircraft would switch to A-Mode if the compass suffered from interference, but only when the Vison System was unavailable. In this occurrence, despite the compass failure, the Vision System remained available, and therefore the flight mode was not automatically switched to A-Mode. As A-Mode does not rely on the compass or GPS, the manufacturer advised that if the flight mode was switched to A-mode, control of the aircraft could have been regained. 

Operational requirements

Permissions provided by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority to fly an RPA in restricted area R405A came with a number of operational restrictions. These included:

  • operating in an area 30 m in radius within Cockle Bay
  • operating between the surface and 90 ft (27.4 m)
  • operating within 30 m of the shoreline of Cockle Bay.

Other general conditions applicable to all RPA operators included not flying over a populous area and not flying within 30 m of any person not directly associated with the RPA operation. Flight data recovered from the transmitter showed the pilot exceeded a number of these limitations by flying up to 70 m (230 ft) as well as flying over the Cockle Bay shoreline and over the Harbourside shopping mall.

Emergency procedures

The operator’s emergency procedures in the event of a fly away recommended attempting to regain control of the RPA or initiating a RTH. If these failed, the recommendation was to initiate an emergency motor shutdown.

Although the pilot made a number of attempts to control the RPA through use of the control sticks, the pilot did not recall using the Smart RTH feature or the emergency engine shutdown procedure. However, given that the compass had failed the Smart RTH would not have worked anyway. Additionally, given that the pilot had no control authority over the aircraft, it is unclear whether the emergency motor shutdown commands would have been acted on by the RPA.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the Loss of control and collision with terrain, Inspire 2 (PRA), Darling Harbour New South Wales, on 15 January 2021.

Contributing factors

  • Shortly after take-off the compass failed rendering the aircraft uncontrollable, disabling the Return to Home function and resulting in the collision with a building.

Other factors that increased risk

  • The pilot in command did not follow the emergency procedures outlined in the operations manual and did not comply with the operating limitations outlined in the Civil Aviation Safety Authority approval.

Glossary

AGL                 Above ground level

CASA               Civil Aviation Safety Authority

CASR               Civil Aviation Safety Regulations

DJI                   Da-Jiang Innovations

GPS                 Global Positioning System

RPA                 Remotely Piloted Aircraft

RPAS               Remotely Piloted Aircraft System

RTH                 Return to Home

SD                   Secure Digital

Safety action

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Additional safety action by SZ Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) Technology Co Ltd

The manufacturer has advised that they have updated the user manuals of a number of products, including the Inspire 2. These changes provide additional guidance to users regarding the use of the fully manual attitude flight mode in the event of compass interference.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • pilot of the accident flight
  • Sky Monkey Pty. Ltd.
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • New South Wales Police Force
  • SZ Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) Technology Co Ltd
  • Bureau of Meteorology
  • recorded data from the RPAS.

References

Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA), Civil Aviation Safety Regulation (CASR) 1998 Part 101

Sky Monkey Operations manual, operational procedures and safe work method statement.

DJI Inspire 2 user manual

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Sky Monkey Pty. Ltd
  • the pilot of the accident flight
  • SZ Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) Technology Co Ltd
  • Australian Federal Police

Submissions were received from:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Sky Monkey Pty. Ltd
  • SZ Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) Technology Co Ltd
  • Australian Federal Police.

The submissions were reviewed and where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-001
Occurrence date 15/01/2021
Location Darling Harbour
State New South Wales
Report release date 23/06/2022
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Model Inspire 2
Registration 09YDFAL0040942
Serial number 09YDFAL0040942
Aircraft operator Sky Monkey Pty Ltd
Sector Remotely piloted aircraft
Operation type Aerial Work
Departure point Darling Harbour, New South Wales
Destination Darling Harbour, New South Wales
Damage Destroyed

Partial power loss and collision with terrain involving Dynaero MCR-01 VLA, VH-SIP, near Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia, on 28 December 2020

Final report

Report release date: 08/03/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On 28 December 2020, at about 1438 local time, a Dynaero MCR-01 VLA, registered VH-SIP, departed Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia, to conduct a post-maintenance check flight. At about 300 ft above ground level, the engine began to run rough, however continued to operate. The pilot commenced a turn to the left, and the aircraft appeared to decelerate in a nose-high attitude without gaining height. Shortly after, the aircraft was observed to aerodynamically stall, pitch nose-down, and impact terrain. The pilot, who was the sole occupant, was fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that multiple tasks in the aircraft’s return to service after a significant period of inactivity were not adequately carried out, and that the left carburettor of the aircraft’s engine was missing a component and contained a significant amount of contamination. This likely resulted in over-fuelling of the carburettor at a low power setting, and likely produced subsequent engine rough running at high power settings.

The pilot was unfamiliar with the aircraft and engine type, which increased the risk of not being able to adequately manage an inflight emergency. During the partial power loss on take-off, the pilot turned the aircraft in a likely attempt to land on another runway, when the aircraft stalled.

The ATSB found that the pilot had probably consumed a significant amount of alcohol the night before the accident, which increased the risk of post-alcohol impairment.

Safety message

Ongoing maintenance of an aircraft’s fuel system is essential to ensure fault-free operation of its engine. In particular, the reliability of carburettors is dependent on their condition, and by following the manufacturer’s maintenance requirements and service bulletins.

The ATSB encourages pilots to review and practice the conduct of a pre-take off safety brief before each flight, and highlights the importance of preparedness for possible emergencies on take-off leading to an off-airfield landing. The ATSB further encourages pilots to review the recommended partial power loss procedure in the aircraft pilot operating handbook if available, and cautions against turning back towards the runway unless in controlled situations where sufficient altitude exists. Further information can be found in the ATSB booklet, Avoidable Accidents No.3: Managing partial power loss after take-off in single engine aircraft AR-2010-055.

Pilots transferring from one type of aircraft to another are reminded that there is as much risk in moving to lower performance aircraft, as there is moving to higher performance aircraft. The ATSB encourages pilots to manage this transition using a risk-based approach such as Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) advisory circular AC90-109A – Transition to Unfamiliar Aircraft (U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration, 2015).

This accident is also a reminder that blood-alcohol can persist the day after significant alcohol consumption, and the residual effects of alcohol may impair performance, especially in demanding and time critical situations.

 

The occurrence

Overview

On 28 December 2020, at about 1438 local time, a Dynaero MCR-01 VLA, registered VH-SIP, departed Serpentine aircraft landing area (ALA), Western Australia, to conduct a post-maintenance check flight. At about 300 ft above ground level, the engine began to run rough, however continued to operate. Shortly after, the aircraft was observed to aerodynamically stall,[1] pitch nose-down, and impact terrain. The pilot, who was the sole occupant, was fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed.

Aircraft return to service

Post-maintenance flight checks

On 27 December 2020, the new owner and a flight instructor were a conducting post-maintenance check flight of VH-SIP at Serpentine ALA, after undergoing maintenance after an extended period of inactivity (see Return to service tasks). As they departed from runway 05[2] on climb, at about 200–300 ft above ground level (AGL), the engine lost power and began to run rough. The instructor, who was the pilot in command, reported that they lowered the nose and reduced power, which cleared the rough running and allowed the aircraft to continue flight. There was sufficient power available to continue a reduced climb and conduct a circuit back onto runway 05.

The instructor recalled they then initiated a missed approach on short final approach to runway 05 and commenced a full power climb. While the aircraft engine power initially responded, rough running was again experienced at about 200–300 ft AGL. The instructor again reduced power, cleared the rough running, and conducted a slow climb before making a final landing back on runway 09. Both occupants identified the smell of fuel in the cockpit at the time.

The instructor, the new owner and several other people including the pilot of the accident flight (pilot) assisted a licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME) with troubleshooting the engine rough running that afternoon. Numerous engine-runs were conducted on the ground with multiple witnesses stating that they were able to replicate the rough running and partial power loss during the static full power tests on the ground, both with and without the electric fuel pump assistance. The owner stated that the engine seemed to run smoother with the electric fuel pump on, however engine coughing and rough running was replicated on all of the full power runs to varying degrees. Other witnesses recalled the engine stopping when the throttle was reduced after the engine runs, one capturing the stoppage on video.

Engine troubleshooting

To try and diagnose the problem, basic fuel system troubleshooting was conducted by another LAME on behalf of the original LAME, who was no longer at the airfield. This included the draining and cleaning of the fuel filter on direction of the original LAME by phone. A witness described the contaminants within the fuel drain sample and filter as a significant amount of ‘brown gunk’. The engine troubleshooting continued until early evening, when the aircraft was then hangered for the night with the original LAME scheduled to conduct troubleshooting on the aircraft the next day.

The owner and instructor made the decision to return back to Queensland without the aircraft and have the aircraft ferried over when the rectification work was completed. The pilot, who was known to the LAME, volunteered to ferry VH-SIP from Serpentine to Queensland after working with the LAME to correct the engine problem. The owner accepted the offer before departing Serpentine Airfield back to Perth.

Evening activities

That evening, the local aero club held a dinner at the airfield (see social function). Witnesses confirmed that the pilot attended the event, retiring to their accommodation at about 0200 the following morning.

Accident flight

On 28 December 2020, the pilot and LAME met at the airfield at about 1100. The LAME did not recall the pilot was any different to usual, however did remark that the pilot was consuming significant amounts of water. The pilot assisted the LAME with the running of the engine and mentioned that they had never flown an aircraft as small or light before and had not operated a Rotax engine previously. Subsequently, the LAME explained the absence of a mixture control, use of ignition systems and the operation of the electric inflight adjustable propeller.

The LAME removed the aircraft cowls and inspected the engine compartment for a fuel leak before replacing a newly installed mechanical engine driven fuel pump with the old pump to test positive fuel flow without any blockages as part of the troubleshooting sequence. The LAME identified that the fuel flow increased with the activation of the electric fuel pump.

The pilot conducted a troubleshooting check flight in VH-SIP at about 1415, with the support of a number of ground crew including several LAMEs. On return from the first flight, the pilot reported that the engine was not developing full power (5,500 RPM),[3] and was not able to produce much greater than 4,000 RPM. The LAME provided an additional brief to the pilot on the use of the automatic propeller system and requested further ground runs of the engine.

At about 1438, the pilot conducted a further post-maintenance troubleshooting flight from runway 09 (Figure 1). The LAME stated that they expected the aircraft operation to be a high-speed ground run. At about 300 ft AGL, witnesses described audible changes in the aircraft engine noise, and observed a noticeable change in aircraft performance. They observed the aircraft visibly slow and begin a left turn. Further change in the engine noise was heard before the aircraft was described to commence another left turn towards runway 23. At about 200 ft AGL, witnesses described the left turn beginning to tighten and the aircraft visibly slowing with a nose-high attitude. At about 150 ft AGL, the aircraft’s left wing dropped and the aircraft entered a steep rotating descent to the left. The pilot was unable to recover control of the aircraft before it impacted with terrain.

Figure 1: Aircraft’s flight path and accident site location

Figure 1: Aircraft’s flight path and accident site location

Source: Google Earth, modified by the ATSB

Context

Pilot information

Licencing

The pilot held an air transport (Aeroplane) pilot licence. This licence was for single and multi-engine aircraft, with endorsements for tailwheel aircraft, manual propeller pitch change, gas turbine engines, pressurisation and for aircraft with retractable undercarriage.

Aeronautical experience

General experience

The pilot’s logbook showed a total flying experience of 5,999.8 hours, up to the last recorded flight on 31 November 2019, when the pilot ceased airline flying with a carrier in the US, before moving back to Australia.

Aircraft specific experience

The majority of the pilot’s total flight time was conducted in multi-engine, piston and turbine aircraft operations. However, since the pilot’s return to Australia, they had conducted a tailwheel design feature endorsement, an aeroplane flight review, and a number of private flights of the local aeroclub aircraft based at Serpentine ALA.

Although the pilot had considerable experience, a review of the pilot’s logbook records found that they had not previously flown Rotax-powered aircraft or the Dynaero MCR-01 VLA.

Medical

The pilot held a valid class 1 and class 2 medical certificate, with the last examination conducted on 23 January 2020. The pilot’s class 2 medical was valid until 23 January 2022 and included restrictions requiring the wearing of distance vision correction and additionally, that reading correction must also be available whilst exercising the privileges of the licence.

Recent history

The night before the accident, a number of airfield members met for an informal social dinner at the clubhouse facilities. It was reported that a number of people attended the dinner, and that alcohol was consumed as part of the social event. Witnesses reported seeing the pilot drinking alcohol during the dinner, 1 witness recalled that the pilot engaged in a ‘fairly heavy’ drinking session consuming a significant quantity of alcohol. The witness recalled the pilot being in a good state of mind, being exceptionally chatty and, later on, recalled them stating that the pilot was ‘really drunk’.

The social function ended at about 0130 on the morning of the accident. Another witness recalled seeing the pilot shortly before driving home from the airport at about 0147, but did not believe that the pilot was significantly impaired by alcohol at that time. The pilot’s quantity and quality of sleep could not be determined.

Post-mortem and toxicology

A post-mortem indicated that the cause of death was due to multiple injuries that were sustained as a result of the collision with terrain. Toxicology indicated low levels of carbon monoxide, consistent within normal levels, and did not detect any common drugs. Toxicology did not detect levels of alcohol within either blood or urine samples.

Aircraft information

General

The Dynaero MCR-01 VLA is a low-wing, high performance, experimental amateur-built aircraft. It was supplied in kit form and VH-SIP was constructed for the education and recreation of the previous owner. The Dynaero MCR-01 VLA was promoted as suitable for cross-country flying, with an airspeed range from 56 to 200 kt. It could be operated between +3.8 g and -1.5 g,[4] however aerobatic flight and intentional spinning of the aircraft were prohibited.

Airworthiness and maintenance history

The aircraft was constructed from a kit and had a special certificate of airworthiness issued on 15 May 2003, and was first flown on 22 May 2003. The aircraft was powered by a horizontally opposed, 4-cylinder, dual carburettor, Rotax 912 ULS-FR, that was manufactured in May 2002.

On 6 November 2003, the canopy of VH-SIP shattered while the aircraft was in flight. This led to a loss of control and the aircraft entering a spin at altitude. After recovering controlled flight, the pilot conducted a forced landing into a paddock, which resulted in significant damage to the aircraft. VH-SIP was repaired over a period of about 18 months, and during this time, the carburettors were removed, cleaned and refitted. The aircraft was returned to service in April 2005.

Among other work carried out on the aircraft, the logbook recorded that, in September 2006, the carburettors were again cleaned and refitted. The aircraft did not fly between November 2009 and November 2013 (4 years). In August 2013, the original owner conducted maintenance on the aircraft for the last time. The aircraft was flown on 4 occasions in 2014, and then was inactive for over 5 years.

On 13 January 2019 the aircraft logbook indicated that work had been conducted on the fuel system and carburettors of VH-SIP, including a new fuel drain valve, removal and cleaning of the carburettors, the installation of new idle jets, O rings and new carburettor float bowl gaskets. Oil and oil filter replacements were also carried out, and the fuel system was flushed with 10 L of aviation gasoline (AVGAS) before being ground run.

In 2020, the aircraft was offered for sale. A pre-purchase inspection was undertaken on 22 May 2020 by a Recreational Aviation Australia Level 2 maintenance engineer on behalf of a prospective buyer. The engineer did not consider the aircraft to be in an airworthy condition due to contaminants in the carburettors, unactioned carburettor float service bulletins, and the mandatory rubber component replacement requirements had not been carried out. Subsequently, the condition of the aircraft was reported to the prospective buyer and the sale did not proceed.

The licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME) at Serpentine ALA was contacted by another prospective buyer in early December 2020 to conduct a pre-purchase inspection before the aircraft was due to be auctioned. The LAME advised the prospective owner that they considered the aircraft to be in good condition, however it would require an annual inspection. Several days later the LAME was contacted by the buyer and advised of the successful acquisition of the aircraft and requested that the LAME carry out the work required to issue a maintenance release. The last entry in the aircraft maintenance log was on 27 December 2020, the day prior to the accident. It showed the most recent work conducted by the LAME.

Engine preservation and return to service

Preservation and storage requirements apply to aircraft engines fitted to an aircraft, as well as uninstalled engines. The Rotax operator’s manual had preservation and storage requirements for long out-of-service periods that were required to be repeated every year the engine was inactive. This included inhibiting the engine both internally and externally and covering all of the engine’s openings to protect it from dirt and humidity. The line maintenance manual limited the storage period for engines to 24 months, and if this period had been exceeded, the engine required overhaul.

The engine manufacturer had an aircraft engine return to service schedule for Rotax 912 engines after a prolonged period or during preservation. These requirements included conducting the normal 100-hour inspection before flight if the engine has been preserved for greater than 12 months.

Return to service tasks

At the request of the new owner, the LAME performed the return to service over a period of several days. The LAME recalled that, during this work, the floats were removed from the carburettor bowls and weighed for discrepancies, refitted, and a carburettor balance was conducted. The LAME also recalled conducting a fuel calibration by draining and replacing the fuel at set increments to ascertain if the fuel quantity markings were correct. Additional work carried out included a periodic inspection, instrument and systems checks, a compression test, engine idle adjustment, and engine ground runs.

Logbook entries detailed that the airframe was inspected in accordance with the Dynaero schedule and considered airworthy along with entries stating:

  • the propeller was inspected and found to have nil defects evident
  • the engine was inspected in accordance with the BRP-Rotax 912 maintenance manual and CASA AD/ENG/4 with nil defects evident
  • service bulletins for the flaps, main landing gear attach, trim tab attach, and canopy attach were carried out
  • pitot-static leak tests
  • engine-driven fuel pump was replaced
  • the 5-year carburettor rubber part and coolant hose replacement was carried out in addition to fitting a new fuel pump and spark plugs.

A maintenance release was issued by the LAME on 27 December 2020 at an aircraft time in service of 439.3 hours. There were 3 endorsements on the maintenance release:

  • an engine oil and filter change at 489.3 hours
  • a periodic inspection by 539.3 hours or 26 December 2021
  • the oil and fuel hoses to be changed by February 2021.

The LAME recalled that the oil and fuel hose replacement entry had been added because the required parts were not available to be sourced and therefore could not be fitted during the aircraft’s return to service.

The other required parts were supplied by the engine importer directly to the LAME in mid-December 2020. Some of these parts were replaced during the return to service, however a few unused parts in their original packaging were found in the aircraft at the accident site.

After the aircraft was returned to service, it underwent a number of other maintenance troubleshooting checks the day prior to, and the morning of the accident. These checks included the removal and replacement of key parts, such as the refitting the original time-expired engine‑driven fuel pump for troubleshooting purposes, however these changes were not documented.

The pilot also conducted several ground runs along runway 09 before becoming airborne and conducting a circuit.

Fuel

The aircraft operated on AVGAS and had the capacity to carry 79 L of usable fuel, in one 80 L main tank. The aircraft was reportedly refuelled prior to the proposed departure from Serpentine ALA the day before the accident, and the new owner estimated that about 60-65 L would have been on board at the time of the accident. ATSB investigators confirmed a strong smell of fuel at the accident site.

Weight and balance

Weight and balance information retrieved from the accident site indicated the aircraft had an empty weight of 261 kg and a maximum take-off weight of 490 kg. The difference left about 229 kg of useable payload for the pilot and fuel. Weight and balance calculations placed the centre of gravity towards the forward limit of the envelope, and within limits.

Amateur-built aircraft

Pilots and passengers of experimental aircraft in Australia accept the risk that the aircraft may not meet the same airworthiness safety standards as certified aircraft, and operate these aircraft on the basis of informed participation.[5] Most amateur-built aircraft are constructed in Australia for the owners education and leisure, however in time many are sold to other private operators.

Operating limitations

Aircraft operating limitations were contained within the aircraft flight manual and the relevant stall airspeed limitations are detailed in Table 1.

Table 1: Stall speeds at 400 kg maximum take-off weight

Bank angle0° flaps,[6] power off, knots indicated airspeed (KIAS)10° flaps, power off, KIAS25° flaps, power off, KIAS
0º585144
30º625347
60º817262

The flight manual also described the recommended glide speed of the Dynaero MCR‑01 VLA of 70 KIAS with a 13.4:1 glide ratio,[7] indicating that the Dynaero MCR-01 VLA has a higher glide speed compared to many other low inertia aircraft in a similar weight category.

Aerodynamic stall speeds considerably increase beyond a 30° angle of bank turn (Table 1). Pilots should be aware these of characteristics during emergency manoeuvring.

The Dynaero MCR-01 VLA flight manual indicates the emergency procedure for an engine failure after take-off (Figure 2). Specifically mentioned, for engine failures immediately after take-off, is not to attempt a 180° turn to return to the runway.

Figure 2: Engine failure on take-off procedure

Figure 2: Engine failure on take-off procedure

Source: Dynaero MCR-01 VLA flight manual

Meteorological information

Bureau of Meteorology graphical area forecast for the Serpentine local area indicated that at the time of the accident, that visibility was greater than 10 km with nil significant weather issues. However, moderate turbulence was expected below 10,000 ft over land in thermals and dust devils.

At about the time of the accident, Jandakot Airport, about 30 km to the north of Serpentine, recorded an easterly wind of about 13 kt with visibility greater than 10 km and no significant cloud or weather.

Witnesses at the airfield described the weather as a ‘belting easterly’ and similar to the previous day with hot, dry and windy conditions.

Wreckage information

Site and wreckage examination

The accident site was located in relatively flat and open farmland (Figure 3), about 200 m east of the threshold of runway 23 at Serpentine ALA. The ATSB conducted an examination of the site and wreckage and identified:

  • ground impact marks indicated that the aircraft had impacted terrain nose-down, upright and with left rotation
  • flaps were in the retracted position.

No pre-impact defects were identified with flight controls or aircraft structure. The fuel tank, located between the cockpit and engine compartment, had ruptured and a quantity of fuel had leaked into the soil. There was no pre- or post-accident fire.

A damaged GPS device, instrumentation including a fuel flow indicator, the engine, propeller, and fuel lines, were recovered from the accident site for further technical examination by the ATSB.

Figure 3: Accident site

Accident site

Source: ATSB

Engine examination

The engine was disassembled and examined at a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) approved engine overhaul facility under the supervision of the ATSB. Apart from impact damage, the main engine components were generally in good condition.

Testing and dis-assembly of the carburettors and fuel system identified:

  • the left carburettor was missing a clip that attached the float needle valve to the float hinge bracket
  • corrosion was identified in both carburettor bowls and on both sets of carburettor floats
  • significant corrosion deposits were found on the float needle valve, seat and on the valve tip
  • carburettor floats were the incorrect type
  • the right carburettor float guide pin was bent, causing float contact with side of carburettor bowl
  • fuel line internals were perished and brittle with splitting at the securing end.

Further details relating to the engine teardown can be found in Appendix B – Engine examination.

Partial power loss

Partial power loss on take-off

The ATSB booklet, Avoidable Accidents No.3: Managing partial power loss after take-off in single engine aircraft (AR-2010-055) (Australian Transport Safety Bureau, 2013), describes partial engine power loss as a situation when the engine provides less power than commanded by the pilot, but more power than idle thrust:

This kind of power loss is more complex than a complete failure, and it can be much harder to stay ahead of the aircraft. The pilot is thrust into a situation where the engine is still providing some power; however, the power may be unreliable, and the reliability may be difficult to assess. As a result, pilots are uncertain about the capabilities of their aircraft, and what their options are.

Partial engine power loss can range from providing very little power to almost full power, with varying levels of reliability of the remaining engine power. When faced with a partial power loss, pilots should not try to diagnose the engine problems at the expense of maintaining aircraft control.

On take-off, once the aircraft climbs to a point where it does not have enough runway to land straight ahead, but is not high enough to safely return to the aerodrome for a landing, it has reached a ’no return’ to the runway decision point (Figure 4). From this point, until the aircraft climbs to a height allowing safe return to the runway, the pilot is faced with conducting a forced landing beyond the prepared surface of the airfield. Decisions made by the pilot in command can be critical to the safety of flight at this point. 

Figure 4: No return decision point

Figure 4: No return decision point

Source: Google Earth, modified by the ATSB

In the event of any emergency during critical phases of flight, such as below 200 ft above ground level (AGL) on take-off in a single engine aircraft without runway remaining, pilots should focus on the priorities of:

  • Aviate: maintain glide speed and assess whether the aircraft is maintaining, gaining or losing height to gauge aircraft performance
  • Navigate: fly the aircraft to make a landing, if height and power are limited, then an into wind landing, 30° left or right of the centreline is a safer option
  • Communicate: Mayday call as appropriate.
Pre-take-off safety brief

The pre-take-off safety brief is a verbal and mentally prepared response, through the pre-visualisation of an emergency on take-off and is generally conducted once all engine run-ups are complete and prior to entering the runway. The brief mentally prepares a pilot with pre-programmed responses to possible unexpected events during this critical phase of flight when decision making time is short.

These anticipated actions in response to certain stimuli, assist pilots in making better decisions in accepting emergency circumstances and safely managing emergencies, especially when an off-airfield landing may be the safest option.

The briefing should include the pilot in command’s intentions in the event of an engine related problem during the take-off roll and after take-off, both with runway remaining and without. This formulates pre-existing mental models of possible actions should an emergency arise. 

A pre-take off safety brief should include:

  • consideration of the runway in use, it’s length, surface, boundary fencing and possible forced landing areas beyond the runway, including terrain and obstacles
  • wind direction and strength, which will indicate the safest into wind turning options to safely maintain airspeed and provide a lower groundspeed in case of a forced landing beyond the airfield boundary
  • consideration of required height and direction of turn, to conduct a turn back to the runway

The ATSB Avoidable Accidents booklet provides sound guidance to pilots on this subject and concludes that:

Generally speaking, if you self-brief your plan of action just before flight, you have more chance of ‘staying ahead’ of the aircraft and being able to concentrate on flying.

The turn back

The turn back is described as the conduct of an emergency manoeuvre to reverse the direction back towards the take-off runway, to either conduct a landing on the reciprocal runway or to land at another runway at the original departure point.

During this critical time, the pilot must assess four main considerations for the safe conduct of a turnback:

  • Is the height sufficient to safely turn the aircraft back to the runway?
  • Is there remaining power available to continue to climb or maintain height?
  • Can a safe airspeed be maintained during the turn, taking into account the increased stall Speed associated with an increased angle of bank to prevent aerodynamic stall?
  • assuming that the engine may fail at any time, is the remaining power reliable?

The ATSB Avoidable Accidents booklet noted:

A turnback requires accurate flying during a period of high stress to prevent a stall and possibly a spin occurring. If an aerodynamic stall and or spin occurs, given that these circumstances are likely to be at low level, there is little likelihood of a successful recovery.

There are many scenarios where it might be considered inappropriate to conduct a turnback. For example, consideration should be given to additional hazards such as other aircraft, obstacles, an unfavourable wind component, increased stall risk during a low-level turn and surrounding terrain.

Pilot decision making during partial power loss

The ATSB Avoidable Accidents booklet also detailed influences on decision making affecting pilots:

The course of action chosen following such a partial power loss after take-off can be strongly influenced by the fact that the engine is still providing some power, but this power may be unreliable. As the pilot, you may also have a strong desire to return the aircraft to the runway to avoid aircraft damage associated with a forced landing on an unprepared surface.

Based on an analysis of partial power loss accidents after takeoff, the booklet further noted that pilot decision making is also influenced by the amount of power loss experienced. In situations where power loss is substantial, pilots are more likely to recognise this as being close to a complete loss of power and typically conduct a forced landing outside of the runway environment. However, if the remaining power is sufficient to continue climb, albeit at a reduced rate, pilots were able to take advantage of increased options, such as a continuing a circuit or conducting a turn back towards the runway.

However, the ATSB identified a period between these 2 areas that represented a region of heightened uncertainty (Figure 5). In this region, excess power was not available to climb but there was sufficient power to prevent appreciable descent, resulting in a period of flight uncertainty where the aircraft may not be able to maintain height without bleeding off airspeed, eventually resulting in the aircraft slowing to maintain or gain height and increasing the risk of aerodynamic stall.

Figure 5: Region of heightened uncertainty during partial power failures on take-off

Figure 5: Region of heightened uncertainty during partial power failures on take-off

Source: ATSB

The ATSB identified that 8 out of 9 partial power loss accidents resulting in fatal injuries occurred with mid-range power loss. Inconsistent power or engine surging from high to low RPM present complex problems to the pilot. Inability to maintain height with partial power loss usually leads to aircraft stall and loss of control, mostly resulting in collision with terrain.

Transition to unfamiliar aircraft

General competency

In order for a pilot to operate a different aircraft type already covered by their licence category and class rating, they need only be satisfied that they are competent under Civil Aviation Safety Regulation (CASR) 1998.

CASR 61.385 Limitations on exercise of privileges of pilot licences – general competency requirement stated:

(1) The holder of a pilot licence is authorised to exercise the privileges of the licence in an aircraft only if the holder is competent in operating the aircraft to the standards mentioned in the Part 61 Manual of Standards for the class or type to which the aircraft belongs, including in all of the following areas:

(a) operating the aircraft’s navigation and operating systems;

(b) conducting all normal, abnormal and emergency flight procedures for the aircraft;

(c) applying operating limitations;

(d) weight and balance requirements;

(e) applying aircraft performance data, including take-off and landing performance data, for the aircraft.

Guidance on transition

While no definitive Australian guidance provided advice on the transition of pilots to unfamiliar aircraft, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) advisory circular AC90-109A – Transition to Unfamiliar Aircraft (U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration, 2015) is a widely recognised and utilised publication providing a sound basis to consider the hazards of transitioning to unfamiliar types of aircraft, whether certified or experimental.

The AC recognises the importance of providing guidance to pilots transitioning between aircraft types, or to experimental aircraft with differing design features to high performance and complex aircraft. It recommends that pilots’ should develop a training strategy (Figure 6) for mitigating the risks of operation of an unfamiliar aircraft type.

The FAA AC recommend that:

Prior to flying an unfamiliar airplane, all pilots should review the hazards and risks outlined in this AC, and complete the training recommended before operating the airplane. Accident data has shown that there is as much risk in “moving down” in performance as “moving up.” For example, consider a pilot who has substantial experience in high-performance corporate, airline, or military airplanes. The knowledge and skills used to safely fly at high speeds, high altitudes, and over long flights will, by themselves, not prepare the pilot for the challenges of a low-inertia, high-drag airplane.

Figure 6: FAA recommended airplane transition training approach

Figure 6: FAA recommended airplane transition training approach

Source: FAA AC90-109A

The guidance recommends firstly that pilots should consider undertaking flight training with a qualified flying instructor in the proposed transition aircraft, the same make and model or an aircraft that exhibits the same design features or characteristics of the transition type. If instruction is unavailable, seek another experienced pilot to conduct a familiarisation flight; however, if unwilling, at least discuss the differences and expected characteristics of the transition aircraft.

The guidance further recommended that pilots take a risk management approach to formally identify the hazards and mitigate any known or elevated risks identified.

These may include:

  • specific type training in the transition aircraft or similar type/design features
  • safety equipment such as helmets, fire extinguishers or parachute
  • condition, maintenance and history of the transition aircraft
  • review of aircraft operating limitations
  • plan transition flights to conservatively build up manoeuvres and aircraft experience
  • conducting initial flights in benign weather conditions

Fitness for flight

Regulatory requirements

CASA identifies that any amount of alcohol in your body may affect a pilot’s fitness to safely operate an aircraft.

Subparagraphs 91.520(2)(b)(i), (ii) and subregulation 91.520(5) of CASR outlines a crew member for a flight (pilot) commits an offence if they consume alcohol at any time during the period of 8 hours ending when the flight begins, or if a test of a body sample of the crew member to determine the level of alcohol in the sample was taken at the time of carrying out the duty (and) the test reveals that the permitted level for alcohol (within the meaning of Part 99) is exceeded.

Part 99 of CASR defines –

permitted level means:

  • (a)    for a testable drug—a level of the drug specified in subregulation (2A) for the purposes of this paragraph; and
  • (b)   for alcohol—a level of alcohol of less than 0.02 grams of alcohol in 210 litres of breath.


This means pilots should give considerable and reasonable thought to the amount and rate of alcohol consumption in order to determine if residual alcohol levels may affect cognitive functions, such as decision making, reduced attention and physical ability during the intended flight.

Post alcohol impairment

Post-alcohol impairment (PAI) has been defined as performance impairment after alcohol is no longer detectable. While the performance decrement of pilots under the influence of alcohol is well known and documented, the effect of post-alcohol impairment, commonly known as a ‘hangover’, is less tangible.

Although pilots must not operate an aircraft within 8 hours of the consumption of alcohol, a pilot’s ability to make normal and emergency decisions may be impaired even after the blood alcohol concentration (BAC) has returned to zero.

Research conducted for the ATSB (Newman, 2004) into alcohol and human performance highlighted that:

In simple terms, alcohol impairs human performance…

It has detrimental effects on cognitive functions and psychomotor abilities. Risk taking behaviour may result, and a full appreciation of the consequences of a planned action may not be possible… Adverse effects can also persist the day after alcohol ingestion, with reductions in alertness, concentration and vestibule-ocular function, and increases in anxiety all being reported…

Alcohol has been shown to impair registration, recall, and organisation of information, leading to increased reaction times and/or a greater number of errors…

…performance has also been found to suffer most when an unexpected or unanticipated event occurs.

A study found that 14 hours after alcohol ingestion leading to a BAC of at least 0.10%, pilots performed much worse at a flight simulator task at a time when their BAC had returned to 0 (Yesavage & Leirer, 1986). Pilot performance was measured and found worse on almost every level, with detriments to precision and accuracy being highlighted. It was also found that pilots were not able to accurately judge their own degree of impairment and concluded that such performance effects would still be measurable sometime after 14 hours.

The ATSB study (Newman, 2004) also found that:

The alcohol-induced impairment of cognitive performance becomes more evident when the nature of the flying task becomes more complex and demanding, such as in an emergency situation. A pilot suffering from the effects of post-alcohol impairment may not handle such a high-workload emergency appropriately, due to reduced attention, a slower rate of information processing, increased reaction time, and poor decision-making. All of these could ultimately result in an accident.

Safety analysis

Introduction

On 28 December 2020, the pilot of a Dynaero MCR-01 VLA, registered VH-SIP, was conducting post-maintenance troubleshooting check flights at Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia. While at about 300 ft above ground level (AGL), on the second flight for the day, the engine began to run rough. Shortly after, and while most likely attempting to return to the airfield, the aircraft’s left wing was observed to drop, the nose pitched down, rotate to the left, and impact terrain.

This analysis will explore airworthiness considerations pertaining to VH-SIP, its return to service, the pilot’s experience on the aircraft type and its effect on emergency management, and the effects of post-alcohol impairment.

Return to airfield and stall

A partial power loss occurred at about 300 ft AGL on take-off from runway 09. Although alternative ‘off-runway’ landing areas were available, the pilot elected to continue flight while manoeuvring the aircraft towards the eastern end of runway 15. 

Manoeuvring an aircraft to return to the airport during critical periods of the initial climb, with inconsistent and unreliable power output, significantly increases risk.

With a combination of turning downwind, marginal power and performance, potentially an attempt to maintain altitude, probably led to the aircraft decelerating. During a further left turn towards runway 15, this decrease in airspeed likely resulted in the left-wing stall at about 200 ft AGL, that did not afford the pilot an opportunity to successfully recover.

Airworthiness of VH-SIP

Return to service

VH-SIP had 3 periods of inactivity, about 18 months, 4 years, then 5 years. There was no record in the logbooks for VH-SIP to indicate its engine had been preserved, however the logbook states the carburettors were cleaned on 3 occasions, with the most recent being in January 2019.

The requirement to replace time-limited components every 5 years was partially carried out. Some of the fuel lines that were not replaced were found to be in poor condition when examined at the overhaul facility after the accident. However, it could not be determined if this contributed to the engine rough running prior to, and on the day of the accident.

Engine defects and partial power loss

The preliminary examination of the engine at the accident site, and the subsequent engine examination at an overhaul facility did not identify any pre-impact mechanical defects. However, both carburettors were found to contain contamination, most likely forming during the aircraft’s extended periods of inactivity.

This contamination that was not rectified prior to the aircraft being released for service, or during the subsequent troubleshooting of the engine rough running. Additionally, there was no record of the fuel system being inspected and cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements when carburettor contamination has been identified.

The flooding that was observed during multiple tests of the left carburettor, was the result of significant contamination on its float needle valve and seat. Given the amount of contamination, the left carburettor was likely flooding prior to the accident, and as carburettor flooding is known to result in fuel odour, would have been the likely source of the reported fuel smell.

It’s possible the contamination in both carburettors, along with the absence of the clip that attached the float needle valve to the float hinge bracket, resulted in the rough running of the engine at high power settings.

Ongoing maintenance of an aircraft’s fuel system is essential to ensure fault-free operation of its engine. In particular, the reliability of carburettors is dependent on their condition, and by following the manufacturers maintenance requirements and service bulletins.

Unfamiliarity with aircraft type

Although experienced in passenger transport operations and heavier multi-engine aircraft, the pilot was not as experienced in flying lighter general aviation aircraft, with even less experience in very light, low inertia aircraft such as the Dynaero MCR-01 VLA.

The safe conduct of post maintenance flights and troubleshooting of aircraft systems requires pilot familiarity and experience in the aircraft type, its design features and its normal and emergency operating parameters.

Although appropriately licenced, the pilot had never flown a Dynaero MCR-01 VLA previously and had limited experience with low inertia aircraft, as well as the engine and the propeller type fitted to VH-SIP.

The conduct of a post maintenance flight with limited pilot experience and knowledge in the aircraft and its systems, increased the likelihood that the pilot would be unable to effectively manage any in-flight emergency.

Post alcohol impairment

Post-alcohol impairment is of particular importance in aviation. While regulations require a minimum time between drinking and flying, there is considerable evidence that pilot performance may be impaired for much longer periods. Post-alcohol impairment can increase the potential for spatial disorientation for up to 48 hours. While a pilot may be legally able to fly eight hours after drinking, the residual effects of alcohol may seriously impair their performance when they need it most, such as during an emergency.

Witness accounts of reported alcohol consumption the night before the accident, increased the likelihood that the pilot would have been experiencing some level of post alcohol impairment that may have contributed to reduced cognitive function which could have affected the pilot’s decision making during the partial power loss after take-off.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the partial power loss and collision with terrain involving, Dynaero MCR-01 VLA, VH-SIP near Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia, on 28 December 2020.

Contributing factors

  • Shortly after take-off, the engine experienced a partial power loss. The pilot turned the aircraft to the left most likely in an attempt to return for landing.
  • At about 200 ft above ground level, with low airspeed and no flap selected, the left wing aerodynamically stalled. This resulted in the aircraft entering into an upright spin, at an altitude that limited an effective recovery.
  • Multiple tasks in the aircraft’s return to service after a significant period of inactivity were not carried out adequately before the aircraft was released to service.
  • The left carburettor contained contamination that likely resulted in flooding at low power, and rough running at high power settings.
  • The pilot did not adequately manage the risk of transitioning to an unfamiliar aircraft type, further increasing the risk of not being able to adequately manage in-flight emergencies during post maintenance flights.

Other factors that increased risk

  • The pilot had probably consumed a significant amount of alcohol the night before the accident, which increased the risk of post-alcohol impairment.

Glossary

AGL                  Above ground level

ALA                  Aircraft Landing Area

ATSB                Australian Transport Safety Bureau

AVGAS             Aviation gasoline

BAC                 Blood alcohol concentration

CASA               Civil Aviation Safety Authority

FAA                  Federal Aviation Administration

GPS                 Global positioning system

KIAS                 Indicated airspeed

LAME               Licenced aircraft maintenance engineer

PAI                   Post alcohol impairment

RPM                 Revolutions per minute

VFR                  Visual flight rules.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • witnesses that operated the aircraft the day before the accident flight
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Western Australian Police Service
  • aircraft manufacturer
  • engine manufacturer
  • maintenance organisation
  • Airservices Australia
  • Bureau of Meteorology
  • accident witnesses
  • video footage of VH-SIP the day before the accident flight and other photographs and videos.

References

Australian Transport Safety Bureau. (2013). Avoidable Accidents No. 3 Managing partial power loss after takeoff in single-engine aircraft. Canberra: Australian Transport Safety Bureau.

Newman, D. G. (2004). Alcohol and Human Performance from an Aviation Perspective: A Review. Canberra: Australian Transport Safety Bureau.

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration. (2015, July 06). AC 90-109A Transition to Unfamiliar Aircraft. Washington DC: U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration.

Yesavage, J. A., & Leirer, V. O. (1986). Hangover effects on pilots 14 hours after alcohol ingestion: a preliminary report. American Journal of Psychiatry, 1546-1550.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • the Bureau d'Enquêtes et d'Analyses pour la sécurité de l'aviation civile
  • engine manufacturer
  • a LAME witness
  • the aircraft owner
  • maintenance organisation.

Submissions were received from:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • A LAME witness.
  • the Bureau d'Enquêtes et d'Analyses pour la sécurité de l'aviation civile

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Appendices

Appendix A – Sequence of events

Sequence of events

Source: ATSB
 

Appendix B – Engine examination

The engine was disassembled and examined at a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) approved engine overhaul facility under the supervision of the ATSB.

Some impact damage was identified; however, the main engine components were found generally in working order.

Review of the engine systems found that the left carburettor was missing a clip that attached the float needle valve to the float hinge bracket (Figure B 1 and Figure B 2). During multiple tests under controlled conditions, the left carburettor flooded[8] repeatably. It was later determined that this was likely due to the presence of significant amounts of corrosion on the float needle valve, its seat, and a deposit on the on the valve tip (Figure B 3).

Figure B 1: Carburettor components

Figure B 1: Carburettor components

Source: BRP-Rotax, modified by the ATSB

Additionally, both carburettor float bowls were contaminated. The floats fitted to both carburettors were the original type (Figure B 4), which were required to be replaced as part of a mandatory service bulletin. Pre-service bulletin floats could lose buoyancy and increase the likelihood of carburettor flooding, also characterised by the presence of fuel odour. 

The float bowl of the right carburettor was also contaminated, and one of the float guide pins was bent, causing a float to contact the side of the bowl.

A number of fuel lines were destructively inspected. The internal surfaces in some fuel lines were perished and had become brittle, compromising the security of their end fittings. Some of the fire sleeves covering the fuel lines had marks where securing clamps had previously been removed.

Figure B 2: VH-SIP left carburettor condition

Figure B 2: VH-SIP left carburettor condition

Source: ATSB

Figure B 3: VH-SIP left carburettor float needle valve and seat

Figure B 3: VH-SIP left carburettor float needle valve and seat

Source: ATSB

Figure B 4: Left carburettor float condition

Figure B 4: Left carburettor float condition

Source: ATSB, BRP-Rotax, modified by the ATSB

Carburettor contamination

ATSB technical analysis found that the contamination on the left carburettor float needle valve showed that it was corrosion, and the deposit on the valve tip was a carbon-based material. The contamination in the bowls of both carburettors was considered a likely corrosion by-product from the bowls.

The engine manufacturer advised the ATSB that faultless function of the engine could not be guaranteed if contaminants were found in the carburettor bowls. Corrosion on the float needle valve, and the absence of the clip that attaches the float needle valve to the float hinge bracket further increased the risk that the engine would not satisfactorily perform. The engine manufacturer also advised that the deposit on the left carburettor float needle valve could cause flooding and engine rough running at low power settings.

Service bulletins from the manufacturer recommended that if any contamination was found within the carburettor bowl, that the entire fuel system must be inspected and cleaned.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Aerodynamic stall: occurs when airflow separates from the wing’s upper surface and becomes turbulent. A stall occurs at high angles of attack, typically 16˚ to 18˚, and results in reduced lift.

[2]     Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway.

[3]     Engine revolutions per minute.

[4]     G load: the nominal value for acceleration. In flight, g load represents the combined effects of flight manoeuvring loads and turbulence and can have a positive or negative value.

[5]     Informed participation relies on the premise that before you take part or pay for an activity that you are fully aware of the potential risks and consequences.

[6]     Inboard trailing edge wing sections controlled by the pilot that protrude into the airflow to produce lift and drag, commonly used during take-off, landing and slow flight.

[7]     The glide ratio of an aircraft is the distance of forward travel divided by the altitude lost in that distance.

[8]     Overfilling the float chamber of carburettor.

Preliminary report

Report release date: 08/03/2023

This preliminary report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Preliminary reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this preliminary report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.

The occurrence

On 28 December 2020, at about 1438 Western Standard Time,[1]a Dynaero MCR-01, registered VH-SIP, departed Serpentine Aerodrome, Western Australia, to conduct a check flight after maintenance (Figure 1). The pilot was the sole occupant on board.

The pilot had conducted one previous check flight in VH-SIP earlier that afternoon, and was conducting the post-maintenance checks with a number of ground crew, including licensed aircraft maintenance engineers.

Witnesses reported that, on the second flight from runway 09,[2]audible changes in the aircraft engine noise, and a noticeable change in aircraft performance at about 300 ft above ground level. They observed the aircraft slow and begin a left turn. Further change in the engine noise were heard before VH-SIP was observed to continue the left turn. Shortly after, the left wing dropped, and the aircraft entered a steep, nose-down rotating descent. The pilot was unable to recover control of the aircraft before impacting terrain.

Figure 1: Flight path derived from witness reports and accident site location

Figure 1: Flight path derived from witness reports and accident site location

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

The witnesses at the aerodrome were able to quickly get to the accident site to render assistance, however the pilot had sustained fatal injuries. The aircraft was destroyed.

Site and wreckage examination

The accident site was located in relatively flat and open farmland (Figure 2), about 200 m east of the threshold of runway 23 at Serpentine aerodrome. The ATSB conducted an examination of the site and wreckage, and identified that the:

  • ground impact marks indicated that the aircraft had impacted terrain nose-down, upright, rotating to the left
  • flaps were in the retracted position.

No pre-impact defects were identified with flight controls or aircraft structure. The aircraft’s single fuel tank had ruptured and a quantity of fuel had leaked into the soil. There was no fire.

Several items were recovered from the site for further examination, including:

  • a damaged GPS unit
  • various instruments
  • fuel system components including the fuel flow indicator
  • the engine
  • the propeller.

Figure 2: Accident site

Figure 2: Accident site

Source: ATSB

Further investigation

Electronic instrumentation will be examined at the ATSB’s technical facility in Canberra. The engine and propeller will be examined under ATSB direction by manufacturer representatives.

The investigation is continuing and will include:

  • interviews with witnesses involved with the accident and operations the previous day
  • analysis of the downloaded data from the fuel flow meter and other electronic devices
  • examination of the recovered components
  • review of the pilot’s qualifications, experience and medical history
  • assessment of the aircraft’s flight performance characteristics
  • examination of aircraft maintenance and operational records.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2021

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1. Western Standard Time (WST): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 8 hours.
  2. Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2020-065
Occurrence date 28/12/2020
Location Serpentine Airfield
State Western Australia
Report release date 08/03/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level Fatal

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Amateur Built Aircraft
Model DYN-AERO MCR01VLA
Registration VH-SIP
Serial number 225
Sector Piston
Operation type General Aviation
Departure point Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia
Destination Serpentine Airfield, Western Australia
Damage Destroyed

Safeworking irregularity and near miss with crew of train 5936, at Hawkesbury River, New South Wales, on 8 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 19/12/2022

This investigation was conducted under the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Commonwealth) by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (NSW Government) on behalf of the ATSB in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement. Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.

Safety summary

What happened

At approximately 0407 on 8 January 2021, freight train 5936, travelling in the up direction (towards Sydney) failed as a result of wheel slip, on the steep Cowan bank inside Boronia tunnel No. 3. To keep the up main line clear the train crew were directed by Sydney Trains network control to propel1the train backwards into Hawkesbury River up refuge siding.

Network rules for propelling trains require crew to direct the movement from the rear of the train via radio communication with the driver. Due to the terrain, the assistant driver and a trainee were required to walk to the rear of the train on the adjacent down main line, as there was no alternate pathway beside the track. To protect these workers from passing trains, the driver of 5936 requested track protection from the Sydney Trains signaller. This protection was provided in the form of rail signals placed to stop to prevent a train from entering the section of track where the workers were walking.

On arrival at the rear of the train the two workers and the driver of 5936 proceeded to propel the train back towards Hawkesbury River up refuge siding in accordance with procedures, with the two workers walking in advance of the train on the adjacent down main line. During the propelling movement the workers observed the lights of an oncoming train on the down main line on which they were walking. The two workers told the driver of 5936 to stop the propelling movement and the train was brought to a stand. The workers jumped clear of the oncoming train onto the adjacent cess area, with one of the workers suffering an injury. A passenger train, 247B, passed the workers, travelling around train 5936 in the up direction towards Sydney on the down main line.

The driver of 5936 contacted the Sydney Trains signaller and requested an explanation about why a train had been permitted to run on the down main while there was meant to be a signal block in place to protect the workers.

The Sydney Trains signaller told the driver the signal block had been removed once the propelling movement started, due to the signaller mistakenly thinking the workers were clear of the down main line. The incident was not reported at the time by the Sydney Trains signaller. The incident was reported by the driver of 5936 to their control centre, but it was not acted on at the time. The incident came to notice when the trainee worker reported an injury resulting from jumping out of the way of train 247B.

What the ATSB found

The Sydney Trains signaller and the driver of train 5936 did not observe the requirements of the relevant Train Working Network Rules and Procedures for protecting workers on track with in-service rail traffic, specifically rule NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic and associated procedure NPR 750. The Sydney Trains signaller and the driver of train 5936 did not observe the relevant safety critical communications requirements during the application and removal of the protection. The Sydney Trains signaller placed blocks on the signals manually as if protecting an emergency situation or Condition Affecting the Network and did not use the electronic forms as required under NTR 432 and NPR 750. The Sydney Trains signaller removed the signal block protection without confirmation from the driver of train 5936 that the workers were clear of the danger zone as required by NTR 432 and NPR 750.

The Sydney Trains signaller did not understand the details of the tasks required for propelling movements, was not familiar with the terrain, and assumed the workers were clear of the down main line once the propelling movement had commenced. Sydney Trains signaller safeworking refresher training, which may have identified a knowledge gap or non-compliance with procedures, has not been in place since 2009.

The application of signal blocks was not compliant with NTR 432 and NPR 750. Sydney Trains assurance and audit processes for signal box management did not detect the non-conformances. The signaller did not report the incident as per General Rule NGE 234, Responsibilities of Signallers. Cowan bank is a known problem area for failed freight trains. Rail lubricators were overactive and delivering too much lubricant to the rail surface, contributing to the likelihood of a train becoming disabled. Lack of breathing apparatus in train 5936 meant the driver was exposed to diesel fumes in Boronia tunnel 3 for a considerable time while organising and performing the propelling movement.

What has been done as a result

Sydney Trains delivered the following actions following the occurrence:

  • Issued two Safe Tracks alerts to reinforce the requirements of Network Rule NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, and related procedure NPR 750.
  • Issued an Operating Instruction 02/2022 to staff who manage this type of incident that deals specifically with propelling movements on Cowan Bank.
  • Adjusted the rail lubricators on Cowan Bank to provide optimum balance between lubrication of the rails while still permitting the train to retain traction on the rail surface.
  • Reintroduced Safety Refresher Training for signallers.
  • Delivered to all signallers an e-learning course on the use of NTR 432.
  • Use of NTR432 will be added to Signaller Competency assurance scenarios and the next annual round of Safety Refresher Training commencing during 2023.
  • Line managers have been required to focus safety engagements, undertaken with signallers, on ensuring signaller understanding of NTR 432. If non conformances are identified remedial coaching/training will be undertaken with the signaller.
  • From 18 November 2022 all Signallers have been instructed to report each use of NTR432 to their line manager and line managers have been instructed to submit an audio compliance request for all reported uses of NTR432 for a compliance review.
  • A communications cue card on use of NTR 432 for Signallers and Rail traffic crew was developed and distributed and is published on the RailSafe website.
  • A review of the network hazard of instance of worker in path of rail vehicle (protecting activities associated with in service rail traffic) is currently being undertaken.

Transport for NSW delivered the following action following the occurrence:

  • Assisted Sydney Trains through the provision of project support and vendor engagement for the design and development of safety refresher training.

Safety message

To provide confidence that rules and procedures are being followed and that they are effective in managing relevant risks, rail operator assurance processes need to detect non-conformances.

Training and competence management regimes for rail safety workers need to provide relevant and meaningful content, such as scenario-based training, and site based network familiarisation, to allow workers to perform safely and effectively.

 

The occurrence

Overview

At approximately 0407 on 8 January 2021, Pacific National (PN) freight train 5936, travelling in the up direction (towards Sydney) failed as a result of wheelslip inside Boronia tunnel No. 3 while travelling on the steep grade on Cowan bank. Following discussion between the Signaller Hornsby North (SHN) located in the Homebush Control Centre (HCC) and the Train Service Delivery Manager Central Coast (TSDMCC) located in the Rail Operations Centre (ROC), the train crew were directed to propel the train backwards into the Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding in order to keep the up main line clear.

Two members of the train crew, the assistant driver and a trainee assistant driver were required under the network rules for propelling trains to walk back along the length of the train to the last vehicle in order to direct the propelling movement. Because of the terrain and lack of a safe place beside the track the two workers needed to walk on the adjacent down main line. In order to protect these workers, the driver of 5936 requested protection from the SHN. This protection was provided in the form of rail signals placed to stop to prevent a train from entering the area.

While the workers made their way to the rear of the train, the driver of 5936 reported at interview that they were suffering the ill effects of diesel exhaust inhalation as the leading locomotive was inside Boronia tunnel No. 3 and exhaust fumes had built up in the tunnel and entered the cab. There was no breathing apparatus available to the driver on board to assist with managing this situation.

Once the two workers were in position at the rear of the train, the driver of 5936 confirmed with the SHN that the route was set for the movement and proceeded to propel the train backwards, under the direction of the two workers, towards Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding. As the two workers were walking in advance of the train on the adjacent down main line, they observed the lights of an oncoming train. The two workers told the driver of 5936 to stop the propelling movement and the train was brought to a stand. The workers jumped clear of the down main onto the adjacent cess area, with one of the workers suffering an injury.

A passenger train, 247B, passed the workers on the down main, travelling in the up direction around train 5936. The driver of 5936 contacted the SHN and requested an explanation from the signaller about why a train had been permitted to run on the down main while there was meant to be a signal block in place to protect the workers.

The SHN told the driver the signal block had been removed once the propelling movement started, mistakenly thinking the workers were clear of the down main line. The signaller was not familiar with either the propelling procedure or the network terrain and was not aware that the workers were still walking adjacent to and in front of the propelling freight train, as they are required to do under the Sydney Trains Network Rules. The incident was not reported at the time by the SHN. The incident was reported by the driver of 5936 to their control centre, but it was not acted upon at the time. The incident came to notice when the trainee worker reported an injury resulting from jumping out of the way of train 247B.

Context

Train information

Train 5936 consist

Train 5936 was a Pacific National freight train hauling grain from Moree Wheat Silo to Bomaderry. It consisted of four 82 class diesel electric locomotives (8214, 8213, 8244, 8232) hauling a consist of 52 loaded wheat hopper wagons (25 x NGKF wagons and 27 x NGPF wagons).

The train length was 831.6 m and the mass was 4134 t.

Figure 1: 82 class Pacific National locomotive

Figure 1: 82 class Pacific National locomotive

Source: Pacific National 

Train 5936 journey

Train 5936 departed Moree Wheat Silo on Thursday 7 January 2021 at 1230. There was a crew change at Morandoo at 0030 on Friday 8 January 2021. The incoming crew consisted of a driver, an assistant driver and a trainee assistant driver.

Train 247B

247B was an eight car OSCar NSW TrainLink passenger service operating from Newcastle to Central.

Train crew information 5936

Driver

The driver was an employee of Pacific National with 21 years and four months experience. The driver possessed the requisite qualifications to operate the type of train and to operate over the route. They were trained in protection arrangements for in-service rail traffic in 2016.

Assistant driver

The assistant driver was an employee of RailTrain, a rail labour hire company with a contract with Pacific National, with four months experience. The assistant driver possessed the qualifications to be a second person but did not possess the requisite qualifications to operate the type of train over the route. The assistant driver was trained in protection arrangements for in-service rail traffic in September 2020.

Trainee assistant driver

The trainee assistant driver was an employee of RailTrain with three weeks experience. The trainee assistant driver did not possess the requisite qualifications to be a second person or operate the type of train over the route. The trainee assistant driver was trained in protection arrangements for in-service rail traffic in December 2020.

Signaller information

The SHN advised they were first qualified in signalling in 2002, however Sydney Trains could not locate any signaller training records for this worker until 2007. The SHN had worked at a variety of signal boxes and control centres including Penrith, Springwood, Auburn, Katoomba, Blacktown, and a number of control panels in the Homebush Control Centre.

Signaller performance

Between 2015 and 2021 the SHN had received coaching, counselling or retraining, post incident on 18 separate occasions. These incidents included:

  • Faulty manipulation of signalling equipment that resulted in delays
  • Misrouting of trains
  • Incorrect setting of train route
  • Delays in setting of routes.

The most serious incident involved an occurrence at Penrith where the SHN had allowed a freight train to enter a section that was subject to Block Working. Block Working is an operational method where rail traffic is not permitted to enter a section until previous rail traffic is reported as clear of the block ahead. In this case it was a set of track machines that do not operate signalling track circuits like a train. To secure their safety, these machines operate under Block Working conditions.

Allowing a following train to enter the section without ensuring the track machines were clear of the block ahead ran the risk of a collision.

Signaller training

The SHN held all the necessary safeworking qualifications to operate the Hornsby North panel at HCC. Sydney Trains manages the safeworking certification and qualifications arrangements for rail safety workers through two standards, the Network Rules and Network Procedures Certification Standard, and the Network Rules and Network Procedures Training Standard.

Each standard contains a matrix of information. The Certification Standard details those competencies applicable to each role and assigns a code to that role. The code is then expanded upon in the Training Standard that details the specific Rules and Procedures applicable to that role, and what must be contained in the training package for that role.

The code for a signaller is C105, Control Rail Traffic Movements level 1. For the code C105, a training package must contain instruction in 51 Network Rules, 39 Network procedures and how to complete 10 different Network Forms. The training package for signallers includes the Train Working Network Rules for propelling trains, NTR 424, and protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, NTR 432.

Each Rule, Procedure and associated forms may have several individual requirements, so the knowledge requirement for a signaller runs into several hundred individual steps, processes and tasks.

In addition to the Network Rules and Network Procedures, Sydney Trains has other operating requirements known as Operator Specific Procedures, Special Instructions and General Orders. The signaller role training requirements in these procedures, instructions and orders are not captured by the Network Rules and Network Procedures training process.

A signaller must have current knowledge and competency in a large array of rules, procedures, instructions, and orders to perform safely and efficiently.

Localised training and assessment

Each signal control panel in the Sydney Trains network has its own Localised Training and Assessment (LTA) process. The LTA for Hornsby North panel does not include scenario-based training to deal with a failed train on Cowan Bank, despite it being a common occurrence, nor any network familiarisation training to ensure that signallers can visualise the network they are managing.

Network Control

Rail Operations Centre (ROC)

Sydney Trains has a centralised control room called the Rail Operations Centre (ROC) where a number of functions are co-located. The functions include train control and supervision, incident management, customer information, security and infrastructure control. Working within the ROC are Train Service Delivery Managers (TSDM) and Network Incident Managers (NIM) who work with signallers, train crew and others to manage train operations, work on track and other functions.

Train Service Delivery Manager (TSDM)

TSDM is the Sydney Trains business term used for what is referred to in the Sydney Trains Network Rules and Procedures as the Network Controller. TSDM are responsible for train running, planned possessions and planned work on track authorities. There are five TSDM areas, Central Coast, North, Main, Illawarra, and South West.

The TSDM principally involved in this incident was the TSDM Central Coast. The TSDM Central Coast is described as the TSDMCC in this report.

ATSB observation

The role description for the TSDM does not have mandatory requirements for rail safeworking or train operations qualifications or experience. These are listed as desirable criteria. However, the TSDMCC was responsible for train running, and safeworking decisions such as the train movement to Hawkesbury River Up Refuge.

Figure 2 Rail Operations Centre (ROC) control room

Figure 2 Rail Operations Centre (ROC) control room

Source: Sydney Trains

Signal box operations

Sydney Trains has a number of small signal boxes and larger control centres in the network where signallers control the trackside signals to give proceed authorities[1] for trains to operate. Signallers also provide protection for workers doing maintenance and other activities, such as train crew attending to their train while in service.

Signallers do this by putting signals to stop and applying blocking facilities[2] to prevent them from being cleared, thereby excluding trains from entering the area where work is occurring. There are several Network Rules and Procedures that govern this activity.

Assurance and oversight of signallers is undertaken by Signal Box Operations (SBO), who provide line management functions and ensure operational requirements are delivered safely and in accordance with the relevant rules, procedures and standards. This assurance activity can take the form of:

  • review of recorded audio to check compliance with communications protocols and application of rules and procedures
  • review of applicable forms and documents to ensure that details have been completed as required
  • review of similar incident types to check on outcomes and application of standard requirements.

SBO is an operating section of the Sydney Trains Customer Operations Branch. SBO is responsible for managing all signallers and signal boxes in the network.

Location

Sydney Trains network – Cowan Bank

Cowan Bank is a steep and curving section of track that runs from Hawkesbury River up to Cowan station, a distance of approximately 9 km. The section consists of the Up and Down Main lines, features four tunnels and the signalling system is rail vehicle detection bi-directional.

Trains travelling in the up direction towards Sydney from Hawkesbury River encounter steep rising gradients as much as 1:37. A rising gradient refers to the graded rate of ascent. A 1:37 rising gradient means that for every 37 m travelled, the track rises 1 m.

The bi-directional signalling system means trains can operate in either direction on either track as there are signals provided to control movements in both directions. This type of signalling is a feature in areas on the network where there are steep grades and trains have a greater risk of being unable to continue due to mechanical faults, or as in the case with 5936, excessive wheel slip.

The rail line winds through a narrow corridor and access and space is limited. The line in the section from Hawkesbury River to Cowan station is formed of many cuttings made into the hillside to house the rail tracks.

Figure 3: Entry to Boronia Tunnel No. 3 in the up direction

Figure 2 Rail Operations Centre (ROC) control room

Source: Sydney Trains

Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding

The Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding is located within the Hawkesbury River yard. The yard consists of the Up and Down Main lines, the Up Refuge siding, No. 1 and 2 sidings and various points and signals to permit trains to operate. The Up Refuge siding has a stowing capacity of 877 m including the use of No. 2 siding.

Figure 4: Diagram of Hawkesbury River

Diagram of Hawkesbury River

Rail lubricators

Rail lubricators are engineering devices designed to deliver rail lubrication to the wheel-rail interface to reduce wear and wheel squeal noise. Three rail lubricators were installed and active on the Up Main track between Hawkesbury River and Cowan at the time of the incident.

Delivery of excessive lubricant to the rail can induce wheel slip in a train, leading to a lack of adhesion between the rail and the wheel face and the train being unable to continue.

Rail safety systems and rules and application

Protecting activities for in service rail traffic

Sydney Trains describes their Train Working (NTR) Rules as prescribing the Network requirements for operating trains and track vehicles, including the maintenance of train integrity, and management of equipment defects by Operators, Train Crews and Track Vehicle Crews. Train Working Network Procedures (NPR) describe how particular actions are to be done to apply the Network Rules.

Sydney Trains has specific Train Working Network Rules (NTR) and Procedures (NPR) for protecting people when attending to trains which are in service on the network. The Network Rule is NTR 432 Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic and the associated Network Procedure is NPR 750.

The rule and procedure cover situations including where train crew leave their cab to get down on the track and conduct repairs or undertake other activities.

The activities that are undertaken by workers and subject to this form of protection include minor repairs to rolling stock, re-coupling burst air hoses, removing minor obstructions from the track and conducting roll by inspections.

This Train Working rule for protecting people when attending to trains in service and the associated procedure were introduced in 2016, after the SHN had received their foundation training and qualifications, to provide a greater level of prescription about how these on track activities were managed. Previously these activities were managed under the Work on Track (NWT) suite of rules using Absolute Signal Blocking rule NWT 308.

According to RailSafe, Work on Track (NWT) rules prescribe the Network requirements for undertaking activities in the rail corridor and mandate the ways to plan for and achieve the separation of rail traffic from people working on or about track. Principally aimed at maintenance and infrastructure repair, not in-traffic protection.

The new rule and procedure under Train Working (NTR) rules provided a level of assurance for both the signaller applying the protection and the in-traffic worker seeking the protection by compelling the parties to give and receive assurances about the location of the work and the type of work being done. It has similar assurances to the work on track requirements for other tasks like maintenance and infrastructure repair.

NTR 432 operational requirements

NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, has very explicit instructions about what information must be exchanged between the Qualified Worker requesting the protection and the signaller.

Requesting protection

When requesting the protection of activities associated with in-service rail traffic, the Qualified Worker must:

  • Provide the train number or track vehicle number
  • Identify the lines on which the protection is required
  • Nominate the activity location as being:
    • between any two stations
    • completely within a nominated dead-end siding, or
    • completely within the limits of a platform.
Absolute Signal Blocking (ASB)

ASB is a network rule for working on track, Work on Track NWT 308, Absolute Signal Blocking. It works on the principle of rail signals being set to stop with blocking facilities applied to exclude rail traffic from the work area. Within the rule there are several options to provide protection, including:

  • Having two controlled absolute signals set to stop with blocking facilities applied or
  • Having one controlled absolute signal set to stop with blocking facilities applied and
  • Removing an ESML/EOL key, or
  • Securing points to prevent access, or
  • There being an easily reached safe place available and providing a lookout.

In the case of protecting workers under NTR 432 and NPR 750 Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, while signals are used to protect workers, similar to using ASB, the protection itself is not ASB, as the assurances and requirements are different to ASB and are contained in separate train working rules and procedures, NTR 432 and NPR 750. It is a subtle but important distinction.

ATRICS overview

ATRICS stands for Advanced Train Running and Information Control System, a bespoke system developed in-house by Sydney Trains. ATRICS is a computer-based control system that interfaces with signalling assets to control and monitor their status. It also has an interface with the timetable to automatically set routes for rail traffic.

A signaller will oversee rail traffic operating through the control area of each signalling panel, however in normal circumstances, ATRICS will set routes based on the timetable inputs. The signaller intervenes to control signals manually when there is a need, such as protecting work on track.

The signal control panel the SHN was operating was an ATRICS controlled panel within Homebush Control Centre.

Applying and removing blocks to signals

When a signaller applies blocks to signals on an ATRICS control panel, there are two methods to do so. Manually placing blocks on signals is done directly by the signaller in response to an incident or another circumstance such as a Condition Affecting the Network, where there may be a potential obstruction to the track or other hazard. In this circumstance, the signaller can place and remove signal blocks with no other intervention.

However, when placing signals to stop and placing blocks to protect work on track or workers attending to in-service trains, there are very specific requirements in the rules and procedures about how this is done.

According to NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, the signaller must use an electronic Absolute Signal Blocking (ASB) form to record the application of the signal protection. The extract of the rule is below:

The Signaller must:

  • Use a system-generated ASB form, or if that is unavailable, an NRF 018 Absolute Signal Blocking (ASB) form to record the protection details
  • Issue a unique protection number to the Qualified Worker requesting the protection.

When using the system-generated ASB form, ATRICS generates a unique code which is associated with the protection and is provided to the worker who has requested the protection. This code is used when ending the protection as an identifier of the correct protection.

NTR 432 requires the use of a system generated form, if it is available, to record the details of the protection. This form is the same as used when applying protection for ASB.

Figure 5: ASB form on ATRICS workstation

 ASB form on ATRICS workstation

Propelling trains

Propelling trains under the network rule NTR 424, Propelling rail traffic, can be a dangerous activity, as a worker or workers may be walking in front of a moving train, and as the driver is not at the end of the movement in the direction of travel, they do not have visibility of the worker(s). There is no procedure that accompanies the network rule to identify and manage risks associated with this activity, unlike other activities that are governed by a rule and a procedure.

Network Communications

NGE 204 is the network General Rule (NGE) applicable to communications. NGE 204 says, in part:

Communication in the Network must be:

  • Clear, brief and unambiguous
  • Relevant to the task at hand
  • Agreed to its meaning before being acted upon.
Communication between the SHN and the driver 5936

The driver of 5936 did not specifically request protection under NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic. They requested that a block be put on the signals, and that is what the signaller did. Neither party followed the requirements of NTR 432 in particular the required safety critical communication exchange. The transcript of the recorded audio between the SHN and the driver of 5936 at the time protection was requested is below.

SHN: OK um do you need any protection there for that?

Driver 5936: Yes, if he’s gotta walk on the ah on the opposite track, we definitely need protection. A block for the whole way over.

HNAC: Righto then …ok so …. I’m just putting some blocks on there now….. Just stand by while I do that.

DR5936: Roger that over.

HNAC: Righto I’ve done that there now, so um, I haven’t, so nothing can come up….on that line for ya there so, when you’re ready to walk back and get into position you’re able to do that for me now please.

DR5936: Roger that my mate will walk back now ah so his got the blocks, so his gotta walk back another 832 metres and then get ahead of me. Bit of a way. And then I will proceed down as safely as I can possibly can over.

HNAC: ok thank you for that driver.

Neither party to this conversation specifically mentioned protection being required under NTR 432, which is the relevant rule in this circumstance. All they refer to is “blocks”.

The driver of 5936 did not specify where and for how long the two crew members would be required to walk on the Down Main line while the propelling movement was taking place.

Fatigue management

The SHN was subject to the Sydney Trains rostering and fatigue management arrangements contained in the procedure Managing Shift Work and Rostering procedure, SMS-08-OP-3128 V1.2.

The Pacific National train crew were subject to fatigue management requirements that were derived from their labour management system. No issues of concern were discovered with the fatigue management requirements for the train crew.

The Sydney Trains rostering and fatigue procedure included eight rostering principles to be observed in order to reduce or manage the cumulative effects of fatigue. These eight rostering principles, and a description of these principles, are reproduced below from the Sydney Trains procedure:

PrincipleDescription
AcclimatisationWorkers new to shift work and those returning after an extended period of annual or sick leave should not be rostered on night work or an early morning start for their first shift. When on leave, human circadian rhythms quickly re-establish a pattern of sleeping at night and being active during the day. Returning to night or early morning starts may be difficult, a bit like ‘Mondayitis’.
Shift lengthThe length of a shift should not exceed 12 hours including overtime, especially if it involves a night shift. Human performance declines significantly when people have been working for 12 hours or more, especially where work is done at night or in the early morning.
Total hours workedAim for no more than 48 hours per week including overtime, which can be averaged across the roster cycle. The risk of fatigue increases towards the end of a week/roster cycle. This is because a sleep debt has accumulated. Limiting the number of hours worked in a week or roster cycle, provides time off to recover and repay the sleep debt.
Limit night shifts and early morning starts

Aim for no more than:

  • four consecutive shifts where 12 hour shifts are worked
  • five consecutive shifts where 10 hour shifts are worked
  • six consecutive shifts where 8 hour shifts are worked.

Working a series of night/early morning shifts disrupts circadian rhythms and leads to accumulation of a sleep debt.

Break during a shiftSchedule frequent breaks especially during a night shift or if the work involves sustained mental or physical activity, if local arrangements allow. Breaks during a shift provide workers with an opportunity to rehydrate and get a short rest. Breaks during a shift may be rostered or managed informally, depending on local arrangements and the nature of the work.
Break between shiftsAim for at least 12 hours from the end of a shift and the start of the next shift. Industrial agreements may allow for less than 12 hours, however, to reduce the risk of fatigue, a minimum of 12 hours break is needed. Breaks between shifts need to allow enough time for recovery and sleep. Night shifts may need longer breaks between shifts. This is because workers will need to sleep during the day when it is difficult to get good quality sleep
Breaks between cycles

Make sure there are adequate breaks between shift cycles. For example:

  • Two days off in a 7 day shift cycle
  • Four days off in a 14 day shift cycle
  • Eight days off in a 28 day shift cycle.

Days off should be a minimum of two consecutive days. Evidence indicates shift workers need at least two consecutive nights sleep per week to enable them to report to work feeling refreshed.

Shift cycles

Schedule consistent start times where possible, or if rotating rosters are used, shift start times should move in a forward rotation i.e. morning-afternoon-night.

Consistent start times can help shift workers get into a routine. Where rotating rosters are used, there is evidence that a forward rotating roster allows shift workers to delay sleep and wake up later. This is easier to do than going to sleep earlier or waking up earlier.

The planned, or master, roster and shifts the SHN actually worked for the period from 28 December 2020 to 8 January 2021 is included in the table below.

Date

Planned shift

times

Actual shift

times

Hours

worked

Time until

next shifts

28 December 2020Rostered off   
29 December 2020Rostered off   
30 December 2020Rostered off   
31 December 20202200 - 06002200 - 0600824
1 January 2021Rostered off   
2 January 20210600 - 14000600 - 1400816
3 January 20210600 - 14000600 - 1400832
4 January 20212200 - 06002200 - 0600816
5 January 20212200 - 06002200 - 0600816
6 January 20212200 - 06002200 - 0600816
7 January 2021 (incident 0405 8 Jan)2200 - 06002200 - 0600816
8 January 20212200 - 0600Off roster  

Environmental conditions

The Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) Terry Hills weather station (located approximately 12.0 km from Cowan Station) recorded a minimum temperature of 15.4˚C and maximum temperature of 20.6˚C. The weather station also recorded 2 millimetres of rain on the date of the incident. The track was wet and slippery and the driver of 5936 reported these conditions added to the degree of difficulty in conducting the propelling movement of a train in excess of 4000 t down a steep gradient. However, while the conditions made the propelling movement difficult, it did not contribute to the incident itself.

Breathing apparatus and welfare of the train driver

Train 5936 was stopped in Boronia tunnel no. 3 for over thirty minutes before the propelling movement commenced. The driver reported at interview suffering health effects from exposure to diesel fumes while stopped in the tunnel. Unlike their coal fleet, Pacific National bulk trains carrying products such as grain do not carry breathing apparatus as part of their standard on board kit.

Reporting incidents

NGE 234, Responsibilities of Signallers is the network rule applicable to the responsibilities of signallers and contains a requirement relating to reporting incidents. Specifically stating, Signallers must:

…..promptly report breaches of Network Rules and Network Procedures to the controlling officer and the Network Controller.

Related occurrences

On 2 March 2022 at 0121, Pacific National freight train CA80 failed on the Down main line at Wondabyne, NSW in the Sydney Trains network. The recovery process for this train, as determined by the Sydney Trains Network Incident Manager, involved attaching a following freight train, 1423, to the rear of CA80 and pushing it out of the section to Gosford.

A member of the crew of CA80 was on the track and attached the air hoses of 1423 to CA80. No protection was provided to this worker and as a result, a passenger train, 282L, passed by on the adjacent Up Main line as the worker was walking back to the crew cab of CA80. This worker had to take evasive action and move off the track to avoid being struck by 282L.

No protection was provided to this worker using the required network rules and procedures, NTR 432 Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic and related procedure NPR 750.

At approximately 0030 on 21 August 2019, freight train 4WM2 operated by Pacific National stopped at signal W26U near Waterfall, NSW. The train crew consisting of driver A and B were directed by the Waterfall Signaller at 0200 to remarshal the train. The train could not continue and was required to return to Coalcliff to clear the main line.

Remarshalling the train required one of the drivers to enter the danger zone to apply hand brakes on the wagons. Driver A requested safeworking protection from the Waterfall Signaller before entering the danger zone without incident.

The locomotives were detached and operated to Waterfall, before travelling to Helensburgh and returning to the stabled wagons near Waterfall.

On arrival at the stabled wagons, driver B requested safeworking protection again from the Waterfall Signaller. Driver B entered the danger zone to release the hand brakes from the stabled wagons. At about 0417, driver A signalled (hand signals and red marker lights) to the driver of an approaching passenger train (404A) to stop. The train was travelling on the adjacent track towards driver B in the danger zone and the driver of 404A made an emergency brake application to stop the train. The train stopped before arriving at the location of driver B and there were no physical injuries.

The safeworking network rule and procedure for protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic, NTR 432 and NPR 750, were not used effectively to ensure workers were protected from rail traffic. The requests for protection were informal and did not detail the required activities or protection. Both drivers of 4WM2 unknowingly entered the danger zone without appropriate protection and were at risk of being struck by rail traffic.
 

Safety analysis

Introduction

Pacific National train 5936 failed inside Boronia tunnel No. 3 on Cowan Bank in the up direction as a result of wheel slip from excessive lubricant and was unable to lift its load up the grade. The driver of 5936 reported the train failure to the SHN. The SHN reported the incident to the Sydney Trains TSDMCC and their decision on how to manage the incident involved propelling the train backwards down Cowan bank and into the Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding to clear the main line.

To undertake the propelling movement, a qualified worker needed to be located at the rear of the train, to supervise the movement backwards down the Cowan Bank. This was a standard requirement in the Sydney Trains Network rules for propelling trains. Under the rule, if there is not a designated safe place on the rear of the train, the worker must walk in advance of the movement in a safe place. Where the worker walks, depends on a few conditions, like the terrain, the availability of a safe place and the layout of the rail environment.

Train 5936 had three people in the driver’s cab, the driver, an assistant driver and a trainee assistant driver. The driver of 5936 intended to send the assistant driver and the trainee assistant driver to the back of the train to supervise the movement.

The driver of 5936 requested protection from the SHN in the form of signals put to stop and blocked on the Down Main line. This prevented trains from entering the area where the two workers needed to walk to reach the rear of 5936. Once confirmed, the assistant driver from 5936 and the trainee driver exited the driver’s cab and walked on the adjacent Down Main line to the rear of the train.

Once the two crew members were in place at the rear of the train, the driver advised the SHN that the propelling movement was about to commence and asked the SHN to confirm that the route was clear back to the Hawkesbury River Up refuge siding. The two workers continued to walk on the Down Main line adjacent to the rear of 5936, as there was no other safe place to walk.

As the propelling movement continued, the two crew members observed the lights of a train travelling towards them in the up direction on the Down Main line. The two crew members alerted the driver of 5936 of the presence of the oncoming train and to stop the movement, then they jumped clear of the Down Main into the Down Cess area.

Cowan Bank terrain and operational features

Cowan bank is known to have some challenging operational features. For example, access on the up side of Cowan Bank is problematic for a worker needing to walk along the rail line as the corridor is often butted up against the rock face of cuttings and there is no safe place.

To give a worker a continuous safe place to walk while supervising a propelling movement, a safe place is created on the adjacent track by applying protection in the form of setting rail signals to stop and blocking them to stop rail traffic entering the affected area.

Trains failing to make the steep grade on Cowan Bank is a regular occurrence and there are two main options to deal with the situation. In some cases, a rescue engine is brought in from Gosford or elsewhere north of the incident location to push the train up the grade.

The alternative is to propel the train back down the grade into the Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding. This option can only work if the train is a suitable length to fit into the siding, which has a capacity of 877 m. 5936 was 831.6 m and therefore suitable to fit safely inside the siding, so the decision was made by the TSDMCC to propel the train back towards Hawkesbury River.

Rail lubrication on Cowan Bank

There were three operational rail lubrication devices installed on Cowan Bank to service the Up Main between Hawkesbury River Yard and the Cowan Station. Sydney Trains engineers had assessed that the rail lubricators should have similar settings as those used in the Blue Mountains in order to deliver optimal lubrication. These adjustments were made in February 2021.

Sydney Trains conducted an engineering review post incident into these devices and determined that excess lubrication contributed to the wheelslip. This led to the train becoming disabled and unable to continue up the Cowan Bank. This resulted in the need to propel the train backwards to the Hawkesbury River Up refuge siding.

Sydney Trains determined post incident and in response to a spate of similar events where freight trains were unable to lift their load due to loss of traction from excess lubricant on the wheel-rail interface that further adjustments were necessary to ensure the amount of lubrication provided did not adversely affect wheel adhesion to the rail head, particularly for loaded freight trains.

The decision to propel 5936 and run passenger trains using bi- directional signalling

Discussion between SHN and TSDMCC

When the SHN and TSDMCC became aware of the inability of 5936 to lift its load up the Cowan Bank, a discussion took place to determine what to do with the train. The discussion canvassed the option of using a rescue engine to assist, however, given the time and location, it was considered unlikely to result in a timely outcome. The TSDMCC determined that the best course of action was to propel 5936 backwards down Cowan Bank into the Hawkesbury River Up Refuge siding.

The TSDMCC checked reference documents to ensure the Up Refuge siding was long enough to contain 5936, and once confirmed, gave the instruction to SHN to direct the driver of 5936 to propel back into the siding.

The TSDMCC and SHN also discussed the need to run any AM peak passenger services via the Down Main using the bi-directional signalling. This discussion indicated there was a concurrent plan developing not only to remove 5936 from the main lines but also to facilitate the continued operation of passenger services in the up direction for the AM peak.

Implication of the decision to propel 5936

The TSDMCC and SHN knew that workers would have to walk to the back of the train to manage the propelling movement. The recorded audio indicated there was a suggestion that a passing train could be used to transport the workers via the Down Main, but there was no train due in that direction for nearly an hour so that was dismissed.

Both the TSDMCC and the SHN knew there would be a worker or workers out of the train and on the track at some point to facilitate and manage the propelling movement.

What the propelling decision meant to the driver of 5936

The degree of difficulty in making this manoeuvre was considerable. The driver had to slowly reverse a train of over 4000 t and nearly 900 m long down a steep gradient, in the dark and in the rain. The train also had to negotiate tunnels, and in the case of 5936, the leading locomotive was still within Boronia tunnel No. 3. The driver reported at interview suffering ill health effects from diesel exhaust whilst being stopped in the tunnel.

Recorded audio of exchanges between the SHN and the driver of 5936 indicated numerous calls were made during the movement, which likely disrupted the concentration of the driver during what was a high cognitive load due to a difficult manoeuvre under complicated circumstances. Other recorded audio of exchanges between the SHN and the TSDMCC indicated there was particular focus on continuation of passenger train services, especially in the up direction for the AM peak.

Protecting workers attending to in-service rail traffic

Compliance with the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750

In the case of the workers involved in propelling 5936, the driver needed to nominate the activity location as being between two points. This did not occur. They also did not describe that two workers would be walking all the way behind and adjacent to the train as it propelled backwards towards Hawkesbury River yard, past the station and into the Up Refuge Siding.

NTR 432 also stated that the signaller must:

  • Use a system-generated ASB form, or if that is unavailable, an NRF 018 Absolute Signal Blocking (ASB) form to record the protection details
  • Issue a unique protection number to the Qualified Worker requesting the protection.

The SHN did neither of these things in this circumstance.

Sydney Trains internal safety investigation into this incident found evidence that similar events of managing failed freight trains where the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 were not applied. Recent ATSB investigations listed in the Related Occurrences section of this report also found this error in practice.

Suitability of NTR 432 to protect workers

NTR 432 is a Train Working rule about protecting workers while on the track, however it is not included in the suite of other rules devoted to the same purpose, specifically Work on Track (NWT).

NTR 432 is designed to protect people on the track when attending to their train while it is in service however is included in the suite of rules devoted to train working. This suite contains rules more specific to the operation and use of the train, rather than the protection of workers and includes rules such as:

  • NTR 400 Protecting rail traffic,
  • NTR 402 Inspecting trains,
  • NTR 404 Using brakes
  • NTR 406 Using lights.

The Work on Track (the NWT) series of rules, is more specific to protecting workers and includes rules such as:

  • NWT 300 Planning work in the rail corridor
  • NWT 302 Local Possession Authority
  • NWT 304 Track Occupancy Authority
  • NWT 306 Track Work Authority
  • NWT 308 Absolute Signal Blocking.

NTR 432 appears out of place in the suite of train working rules given it is a rule devoted to protecting workers who are on the track performing rail safety work. In this case, the workers were attending to a train while it was in service however required protection while doing so because they were on the track. However, NTR 432 is not included in the Work on Track suite of rules which are devoted to protecting workers while on the track.

Evidence from the Sydney Trains investigation report into the incident indicated that rule NTR 432 was not applied in other cases where it should have been. It is possible that NTR 432 was not applied correctly because rail safety workers were not familiar enough with it as a rule to be followed while working on track. As rule NTR 432 is contained in a suite of rules devoted to train operations, and not within the suite devoted to protecting people while on track (the NWT suite). It is possible that its importance and application may not be understood by rail safety workers.

Suitability of NTR 432 to manage propelling movements

NTR 432 Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic includes a number of requirements which must be met through satisfying the assurances contained within the rule. One of the assurances relates to the mobility of the rolling stock and reads:

Unless conducting a roll by inspection, the Qualified Worker must make sure that the associated rail traffic will not be moved until the activity is completed.

If the intention of NTR 432 was to protect workers attending to in service rail traffic, then this rule may not be suitable for use during a propelling movement. NTR 432 contains a prohibition on rolling stock movement, except when conducting a roll by inspection. That being the case, there are no approved measures available under the current set of rules to protect workers supervising a propelling movement.

Signaller operational assurance

The Sydney Trains investigation examined the assurance regime for signallers relating to the application of the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 - Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic. The investigation found that the SBO group did not undertake assurance activity related to the correct application of relevant rules and procedures for protecting workers attending to in-service rail traffic.

The investigation identified other similar incidents that were also not managed in accordance with the requirements of NTR 432. Examples of where the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 were not applied are listed in the Related Occurrences section of this report.

ATRICS and the application of signal protection

Applying and removing blocks to signals

The SHN did not apply blocks to the protecting signals in accordance with NTR 432 and NPR 750 and did not use the ATRICS generated form to record the placement of the protection. The SHN applied the blocks to the protecting signals manually and removed them without the authority of the person requesting the protection, the driver of 5936.

Communication between the SHN and the driver 5936

The driver of 5936 did not specifically request protection under NTR 432. They requested that a block be put on the signals, and that is what the signaller did. Neither party followed the requirements of NTR 432 or observed the assurances. The transcript of the recorded audio between the SHN and the driver of 5936 at the time protection was requested is below.

SHN: OK um do you need any protection there for that?

Driver 5936: Yes, if he’s gotta walk on the ah on the opposite track, we definitely need protection. A block for the whole way over.

HNAC: Righto then …ok so …. I’m just putting some blocks on there now….. Just stand by while I do that.

DR5936: Roger that over.

HNAC: Righto I’ve done that there now, so um, I haven’t, so nothing can come up….on that line for ya there so, when you’re ready to walk back and get into position you’re able to do that for me now please.

DR5936: Roger that my mate will walk back now ah so his got the blocks, so his gotta walk back another 832 metres and then get ahead of me. Bit of a way. And then I will proceed down as safely as I can possibly can over.

HNAC: ok thank you for that driver.

Neither party to this conversation specifically mentioned protection being required under NTR 432, which is the relevant rule in this circumstance. All they refer to is “blocks”.

The driver of 5936 did not specify where and for how long the two crew members would be required to walk on the Down Main line while the propelling movement was taking place.

Signaller training, performance, and competence management

Signaller knowledge of propelling trains

The SHN did not understand the requirements of NTR 424 - Propelling Trains. At interview, the SHN expressed a lack of knowledge about the activities of the workers on the ground directing the propelling movement. Specifically, the SHN did not understand that the two workers directing the propelling movement were still walking in front of, and adjacent to, train 5936 when it was propelled down Cowan Bank.

The SHN expressed some surprise that the workers were in that position and assumed they were riding on the freight rolling stock once the propelling movement started. The practice of riding on moving freight rolling stock has been prohibited since 2004.

Once the propelling movement started, the SHN removed the blocks on the protecting signals and allowed train 247B to run in the Up direction on the Down Main through use of the bi-directional signalling system.

During the conversation with the driver of 5936 after the near miss incident with 247B, it was apparent that the signaller was not aware that the workers were still on the protected track walking in front of the propelling movement.

Driver 5936 Yes Hornsby ah my ah mate down the back just said you just put a train up on the down around us over.

HNAC Yeah that’s correct.

Driver 5936 Ah I thought we had a block on over

HNAC Yeah that’s when you actually, when you weren’t moving, when you were actually on the (pauses) when you walking back over.

Driver 5936 He’s still walking back. He’s gotta walk me back to get into the siding over HNAC OK (speaks under their breath) well you’ve moved back.

Driver 5936 Yes ‘cause he was on the down calling me back, that’s the only safe place for him to stand over.

HNAC (12 seconds of silence and clears his throat) OK that trains trains gone and there are no other trains on the down. I have got blocks on on um up at Cowan (silence for a few seconds) just stand-by.

Driver 5936 Roger.

HNAC Yes so you’re right to proceed there driver um keep proceeding I’ve got the um all the routes and the signals set for you to go into the Refuge Loop there at Hawkesbury River driver. Thank you driver.

Driver 5936 5936 out.

HNAC (groans) Hornsby North Panel out.

Driver 5936 Roger that, we have everything set so there is nothing definitely going to come either way towards us now over.

HNAC That is correct driver.

Driver 5936 Roger so I can my mate to ah get back on the down in a safe place. HNAC That is correct.

Driver 5936 Roger that well we start again over.

This conversation, after the near miss happened, resulted in the incorrect re-application of protection required by NTR 432. The SHN reapplied the blocks manually with communication assurances not observed as required by the rules and procedures. The conversation revealed that the SHN did not understand the workers positioning during the propelling movement and had made an assumption that the signal blocks could be safely removed, without confirmation from the driver as required.

Safety Refresher Training

At interview, the SHN advised that the job of a signaller involves the use of many rules and procedures, and that signallers are expected to be current and competent with all these requirements all of the time. The SHN specifically stated that he did not know the workers were walking in front of train 5936 during the propelling movement because he was not familiar with the requirements of NTR 424 Propelling Trains, even though it was a mandatory requirement for signallers to know this rule.

The SHN also advised that they had not attended any refresher, or scenario-based training for several years. The SHN advised that the only safeworking training they received, other than initial training, was when there were rule changes, as there was in the case of the introduction of NTR 432 in 2016. A briefing session was provided to explain the new rule and procedure. The SHN advised that when they had enquired about receiving refresher training, their management’s response was they could not be released because of operational requirements.

The Sydney Trains investigation report into this incident identified that its Customer Operations Branch had not delivered any safety refresher training for signallers since 2009. Other rail safety workers such as Protection Officers on the other hand received a form of refresher training and competency assessment which included periodic recertification in safeworking rules and procedures along with formal assessment.

Following its investigation report finding, Sydney Trains advised that a pilot of a revised refresher training program for signallers was commenced in April 2021.

Network familiarisation

Signallers control the operation of signals, points and other infrastructure in a defined geographical area. What the signaller sees and understands of the network is what is represented on their signal display panel, which is a schematic array and does not depict the geography or topography or other features of the network.

The SHN advised at interview that they had never been to Hawkesbury River Yard or seen the Cowan Bank, or any other part of the network they had controlled during their career. Signallers are not provided the opportunity to visit their area of operation to make them familiar with the area of the network that they controlled. The mental model that the SHN reported they had of Cowan Bank did not include key features such as the steep grade, the winding rail corridor and the lack of safe places and access.

A review undertaken as part of this investigation of the Sydney Trains competence management system for signallers revealed that network familiarisation or route knowledge was not a feature of the initial or ongoing training requirements for signallers.

Sydney Trains commenced a trial program of network familiarisation for protection officers in December 2020 designed to provide awareness and knowledge of the layout and risks in the network, to help workers perform more safely and efficiently, but at the time of writing it was not being rolled out to signallers.

Signaller fatigue

The incident happened around 0430, which is a known time of the window of circadian low, or the time of maximum sleepiness, for most people.

Two of the eight rostering principles were not met in relation to the roster of SHN in the eight days leading up to the incident. The two principles, and the nature of the departure from these principles, are outlined below. The acronym HNAC stands for Hornsby North Area Controller, and is the term used by Sydney Trains to describe the signaller operating the Hornby North panel.

Rostering principleDeparture from principle during this incident
4. Limit night shifts and early morning startsThe HNAC was rostered for two consecutive early morning shifts on 2- 3 Jan 2021 and six consecutive night shifts on 4-9 Jan 2021
7. Breaks between cyclesThe HNAC had single days off on 28 Dec 2020, 30 Dec 2020, and 1 Jan 2021—each time after a night shift before commencing the consecutive shifts leading up to the day of the incident.

An extract of the Sydney Trains Investigation report into this incident relating to fatigue is reproduced below:

Rostering Principle #4: Limit night shifts and early morning starts. Aim for no more than six consecutive shifts where 8-hour shifts are worked. ‘

The Hornsby North Area Controller (HNAC) was rostered for two consecutive early morning shifts on 2- 3 Jan 2021 and six consecutive night shifts on 4-9 Jan 2021. While the incident occurred at the sixth consecutive shift (where HNAC signed in on 7 Jan 2021 at 10pm) and was just at the limit of this rostering principle, the increase in the FAID score over this period had reached 93 by this shift. 

Although this FAID score had not reached the business unit threshold of 100, it was on the upper limits of approaching the threshold. Furthermore, it is difficult for humans to adjust from the two extremes of an early morning shift to a night shift without the opportunity to have an adequate break in between to prepare and adjust to the sleep impacts of night shift.

Rostering Principle #7: Breaks between cycles. Make sure there are adequate breaks between shift cycles. Days off should be a minimum of two consecutive days.

The HNAC had single days off on 28 Dec 2020, 30 Dec 2020, and 1 Jan 2021—each time after a night shift before commencing the consecutive shifts leading up to the day of the incident. Having less than 48 hours between shift cycles, especially after completing night shifts, does not provide an individual with enough opportunity to have restorative sleep to recover from any sleep debt that has accumulated from working night shifts. With the HNAC working single night shifts between these single days off, it is likely that the HNAC had accumulated an amount of sleep debt from only having the opportunity for restorative sleep during daytime, which is not as restorative as obtaining sleep during night time. The HNAC then commenced the sequence of consecutive early morning and night shifts, which would have further contributed to additional sleep debt leading up to the day of the incident.

According to the Managing Shift Work and Rostering procedure, when departures from these rostering principles occur, line managers must intervene and put in place measures to try and correct the situation. There was no intervention by the Sydney Trains line manager for SHN to adjust or amend the roster.

Sydney Trains acknowledged in their internal investigation report into this incident that the requirements for the procedure Managing Shift Work and Rostering were not being followed. Sydney Trains adopted a recommendation from their internal report as follows:

Review the business unit Fatigue Risk Management System / processes to ensure that there is an ability for the business unit to identify the fatigue risk associated with different rostering patterns and to detect adherence to rostering principles with mitigating fatigue risk controls to be implemented for these instances.

The issue of departures from the Managing Shift Work and Rostering procedure, and the subsequent lack of managerial intervention, have been raised previously in the ATSB investigation RO-2019-18 Westmead.

Signaller rest regime

At interview, the SHN stated that they were well rested for the shift prior to the incident. SHN recounted how they had an effective rest regime at home when working night shift and had obtained sufficient rest, had slept as usual from about 0730 to 1530, and felt fit and able to carry out their shift.

It is unknown whether the amount of sleep was sufficient to allow for recovery from the five consecutive shifts. It is possible that the SHN was affected by the cumulative effects of fatigue given the deviations from two rostering principles leading up to the day of the incident. However, the evidence is not definitive, and it is not possible to ascribe fatigue as a contributing factor with sufficient certainty.

Breathing apparatus and welfare of the train driver

Train 5936 came to a stand inside Boronia No. 3 tunnel and was there for around 30 minutes before the propelling movement commenced. According to the driver’s statement, the lead locomotive exited Boronia tunnel around 0441, therefore the driver was exposed to diesel fumes for around 35 minutes. The driver reported in their statement at interview that they were starting to feel unwell and had trouble seeing as their eyes had started to weep.

This physical discomfort existed while the driver undertook the difficult manoeuvre of propelling the train down the Cowan Bank.

Pacific National did not supply breathing apparatus or other mitigation measures to crews on its bulk trains, despite these trains operating through tunnels. Breathing apparatus was provided on locomotives that service the coal network in the Hunter Valley, as there were some long tunnels. The network manager specified that trains operating there must carry and use breathing apparatus in the case of train failure or some other mishap.

Safe Work Australia produces guidance on managing exposure to diesel fumes. The guidance says, in part:

Short-term (Acute) effects

Short term exposure to high concentrations of diesel exhaust can irritate the eyes, nose, throat and lungs and cause light-headedness, coughing, phlegm and nausea. Very high levels of diesel exhaust exposure can lead to asphyxiation from carbon monoxide poisoning.

The driver of 5936 reported feeling effects that were consistent with short-term effects of high concentration exposure to diesel exhaust listed above. The Safe Work Australia guidance does not provide any detail on the timeframes that these effects are likely to lead to more serious effects such as asphyxiation from carbon monoxide poisoning, as this would be subject to a range of factors, such as the health of the individual, the environment and ventilation and other factors.

However, based on the evidence of the driver, they indicated they were affected by diesel fumes, as they were on a disabled train in a tunnel for an extended period and were experiencing physical discomfort.

Once the two other crew members left the cabin to walk to the end of the train to supervise the propelling movement, the driver was alone. The Safe Work Australia guidance says that extended exposure to very high levels of diesel exhaust can lead to asphyxiation. If this were to happen while undertaking a propelling movement with a 4000 t freight train then there would be a risk of the movement becoming out of control.

While the effect of diesel exhaust on the driver did not directly contribute to this incident, it is a factor of increased risk in that it may have contributed to loss of control of the train in other circumstances.

Incident reporting

The SHN did not report the safeworking breach or the incident to the TSDMCC or anyone else. Signallers have clear accountabilities to report incidents in Network Rule NGE 234 - Responsibilities of Signallers.

Signallers must:

  • Promptly report breaches of Network Rules and Network procedures to the controlling officer and the Network Controller.

The recorded audio of the conversation between SHN and the driver of 5936 clearly identified that a safeworking breach and a safety incident had occurred, i.e., the signals had been cleared without the authority of the driver and consequently, two workers had to jump clear of the track to avoid being struck by a train.

The incident was not reported until some days later when the trainee assistant driver reported an injury to Pacific National as a result of having jumped off the track. Pacific National then reported the incident to Sydney Trains who were then able to trace the events back to the original incident.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the near miss with train crew from train 5936 at Hawkesbury River on 8 January 2021.

Contributing factors

  • The signaller did not apply or remove blocks to the protecting signals in accordance with NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic and NPR 750 and did not use the ATRICS generated form to record the placement of the protection.
  • Sydney Trains’ internal safety investigation identified similar incidents i.e., where a freight train failed, that were not managed in accordance with the requirements of NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic. Recent ATSB investigations also identified examples where the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 were not adequately applied.  (Safety issue)
  • Sydney Trains’ assurance and audit processes for signal box management did not routinely detect non-conformances with NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic.  (Safety issue)
  • Sydney Trains’ signaller refresher training, to keep signallers’ skills and knowledge up to date, had not been in place since 2009. (Safety issue)
  • The driver of 5936 and signaller did not comply with the requirements of NGE 204, Network Communication as communications were casual, ambiguous, and unclear so did not conform to prescribed protocols.
  • The Signaller Hornsby North did not understand that under the requirements of NTR 424, Propelling rail traffic, the worker(s) on track were walking next to or in front of the movement to direct the train.
  • The Signaller Hornsby North did not receive advice from the driver to clear the protecting signals and remove the protection and did not receive confirmation that workers were clear of the danger zone as per the requirements of NPR 750.

Other factors that increased risk

  • The Signaller Hornsby North did not report the incident as per NGE 234, Responsibilities of Signallers.
  • Sydney Trains signallers were not provided with network or route familiarisation training for the area they controlled.
  • Cowan Bank was a known problem area for failed freight trains however there were no local established procedures for managing such incidents in that area.
  • Rail lubricators were overactive and delivered too much lubricant to the rail surface, which contributed to the likelihood of a train becoming disabled.
  • Lack of breathing apparatus in train 5936 meant the driver was exposed to potentially dangerous levels of diesel fumes because they were in Boronia tunnel No. 3 for over 30 minutes while organising and performing the propelling movement.
  • Network rule NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic was designed to protect workers while on the track but is not included in the suite of rules devoted to this purpose.
  • Network rule NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic was not suitable to protect workers on track supervising a propelling movement as the rule prohibited the movement of rail traffic except for conducting a roll by inspection.
  • Network rule NTR 424, Propelling rail traffic, does not cover protection arrangements for workers and there is no specific supporting procedure to provide guidance in how to do that.

Safety issues and actions 

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the rail industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out or are planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

Requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 not applied

Safety issue number: RO-2021-SI-01 

Safety issue description: Sydney Trains internal safety investigation identified similar incidents i.e., where a freight train failed, that were not managed in accordance with the requirements of NTR 432, Protecting activities associated with in-service rail traffic. Recent ATSB investigations also identified examples where the requirements of NTR 432 and NPR 750 were not adequately applied.

Assurance and audit process

Safety issue number: RO-2021-002-SI-02

Safety issue description: Sydney Trains assurance and audit processes for signal box management did not routinely detect non-conformances with NTR 432.

Signaller refresher training

Safety issue number: RO-2021-002-SI-03

Safety issue description: Sydney Trains Signaller refresher training, to keep signallers’ skills and knowledge up to date, has not been in place since 2009.

Glossary

ASBAbsolute Signal Blocking
ATRICSAdvanced Train Running and Information Control System.
CANCondition Affecting the Network
ESMLEmergency switch machine lock
EOLEmergency Operations Lock
FAIDFatigue Audit Interdyne
HCCHomebush Control Centre
LTALocalised Training and Assessment
NGENetwork Rules General
NIMNetwork Incident Managers
NPRNetwork Procedures
NTRNetwork Rules Train Working
POProtection Officer
PNPacific National
ROCRail Operations Centre
SHN/HNACSignaller Hornsby North
TSDMCCTrain Service Delivery Manager Central Coast
TSDMTrain Service Delivery Managers

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • Sydney Trains Systemic investigation report
  • Sydney Trains recorded audio from Homebush Control Centre and the Rail Operations Centre
  • Rostering data for the Sydney Trains signaller
  • Sydney Trains Network Rules and Procedures
  • Pacific National investigation report
  • Interviews with the Sydney Trains signaller and Pacific National train driver

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Sydney Trains
  • Transport for NSW
  • Pacific National
  • The Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator

Any submissions from those parties will be reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the draft report will be amended accordingly.

Submissions were received from:

  • Sydney Trains
  • Transport for NSW
  • Pacific National
  • The Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1] A propelling movement is a rail movement where the train is travelling in the reverse direction, with the locomotives pushing the train rather than hauling it.

[2] A proceed authority is defined in the RailSafe Glossary as: An Authority that allows rail traffic to enter and occupy a portion of line and proceed in the forward direction.

[3] Blocking facilities are defined in the RailSafe Glossary as: A facility or device used by a Qualified Worker to prevent either the unintended issue of an Occupancy Authority, or the operation of points or signalling equipment

Occurrence summary

Investigation number RO-2021-002
Occurrence date 08/01/2021
Location Hawkesbury River
State New South Wales
Report release date 16/12/2022
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Rail
Rail occurrence category Safe Working Irregularity/Breach
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level Minor

Train details

Train operator Pacific National
Train number 5936
Type of operation Freight
Rail vehicle sector Freight
Departure point Moree, New South Wales
Destination Port Kembla, New South Wales
Train damage Nil

Train details

Train operator NSW Trains
Train number 247B
Type of operation Passenger
Departure point Gosford, New South Wales
Destination Central, New South Wales
Train damage Nil

Rolling stock irregularity on train 3YN2, near Kiacatoo, New South Wales, on 6 January 2021

Final report

Report release date: 28/06/2021

Safety summary

What happened

On 6 January 2021, loaded Pacific National freight train 3YN2 was operating between Broken Hill and Newcastle, New South Wales. Just before 0914, a contractor working near the rail line, noticed a wagon on train 3YN2 was dragging on the rail. This was reported to representatives from the rail infrastructure manager and the crew of 3YN2 were directed to stop their train. The train stopped between Euabalong West and Kiacatoo with a crack found through the underframe of the 32nd wagon. The air tank was resting on the rail and it was later found that three level crossings had been struck by the wagon. There was superficial damage at the level crossings and no reported injuries.

What the ATSB found

Train 3YN2 departed Broken Hill with an existing crack in the underframe of wagon NDHX14836G. This crack progressed during the journey with the underframe of the wagon striking three level crossings. The underframe of NDHX14836G likely fractured due to a fatigue crack at a weld on the lower edge of the sill. This defect was likely detectable for a period of time prior to the occurrence. The train had undergone the required maintenance inspections however these were not sufficient to identify the cracking at a location of known risk prior to the structural failure.

What has been done as a result

Following the occurrence Pacific National released a rolling stock safety notice detailing the failure and requiring an inspection of all affected wagons within the class wagon.

Pacific National advised the following actions have been planned to prevent recurrence:

  • Develop a lifecycle asset management strategy for affected class of wagons (NDHX/ICX) with a butt weld.
  • Complete a risk assessment to assess the limitations of NDHX wagons and requirements for ongoing use.
  • Review the wagon maintenance manual associated with the inspection of the wagon underframe to include details for ICX class wagons.
  • Review and adjust the current non-destructive strategy applied across Pacific National’s fleet of wagons.

Safety message

The incident highlights the importance of managing ageing assets to ensure continued safe operation through the lifecycle of the asset. Rolling stock operators should ensure that their maintenance and inspection regimes effectively monitor and detect conditions that might escalate and contribute to accidents.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On 5 January 2021, two Pacific National (PN) train drivers (crew 1 and crew 2) were assigned to shunt and attach 17 wagons from within the CBH Resources - Rasp Mine at Broken Hill to the rear of freight train 3YN2. 

During the shunting movement, a roll-by inspection[1] was performed by crew 1. Between 1905[2]  and 2020, crew 1 completed a general examination (GX) of the 17 wagons. The inspection was completed without incident and a brake certificate was issued.

On 6 January 2021, train 3YN2 departed Broken Hill bound for Newcastle, New South Wales. The train consisted of three locomotives and 44 wagons with a total length of 977 m. The train departed Broken Hill at 0149 and a roll-by inspection was performed from both sides by crew 1 and crew 2 without incident.

Just before 0914, a contractor working near the rail line noticed a broken wagon on 3YN2 was dragging on the rail. This was reported to a track worker located at Parkes, who passed the message on to the network controller at Junee. At 0915, the network controller contacted the crew of train 3YN2 and directed them to stop and inspect their train.

The crew stopped to inspect the train between Euabalong West and Kiacatoo. The crew identified that the wagon frame on the 32nd wagon (NDHX14836G) had failed and the air tank was resting on the rail near 583.900 km[3] (Figure 1 and Figure 2). The wagon was loaded with two containers carrying zinc (Zn) concentrate at the time which remained secured to the wagon.

Inspection post incident identified superficial scrape marks on the rail and at three level crossings between 595.518 km and 583.900 km. There was no reported damage to the sleepers or rail fasteners from the failed wagon. There were no reported injuries.

Figure 1: Path of 3YN2

Figure 1: Path of 3YN2

Source: Geoscience Australia, modified and annotated by OTSI

Figure 2: Rolling stock irregularity  

Figure 2: Rolling stock irregularity

Wagon NDHX14836G shown with centre of the wagon sagging under the load of the 20 ft containers. Inset image shows the fracture in the underframe and an air tank resting on the rail. 

Source: Pacific National, modified and annotated by OTSI

Context

Wagon

Wagon NDHX14836G was designated as a sleeper carrying wagon with a tare mass of 20 t and a maximum capacity of 60 t. Previously the wagon was designated NQHX (container flat wagon)[4] before it was converted to a sleeper carrying wagon in 2009. In 2010 this modification was reverted and the wagon returned to original use, however, this was not communicated effectively to the various rail infrastructure managers.  

The wagon was manufactured as an ICX class wagon with the centre sill forming the load bearing structure (Figure 3). This class of wagon was manufactured from approximately 1968 onwards and PN had a total of 136 ICX class wagons in operation at the time of the incident (Table 1).

Figure 3: ICX class wagon underframe and cracking locations

Figure 3: ICX class wagon underframe and cracking locations

A side and top down view of the wagon and underframe structure. The centre sill runs the length of the wagon and supports the load.

Source: Pacific National, modified and annotated by OTSI

Table 1: ICX class

Wagon codeWagon TypeQuantityComment
NDHXSleeper carrying wagon36Previously NQHX container wagon
NQHXContainer76Previously NQIX container wagon
NQIXContainer24 

Historically, cracking had been detected on some ICX class wagons at butt welds along the centre sill lower flange at a change in material thickness (Figure 3). Repair procedures had been developed with doubler plates[5] fitted if cracking was detected.[6] The location of the previous cracking was along the centre sill but not at the location of the fracture on NDHX14836G.

Maintenance

Wagon NDHX14386G was under a unit train maintenance (UTM) regime requiring the wagon to be inspected every 56 days (maximum 7-day tolerance) in accordance with the Wagon Maintenance Manual (WMM 01-01 and WMM 01-18).

Additionally, the wagon required inspection at intervals of 150,000, 450,000 and 900,000 km. Both the 56 day on train inspection and kilometre-based inspection referred to the same work instruction for the inspection of the underframe (Underframes, Body Work and Load Supports WMM 04-02).

The most recent maintenance records are shown in Table 2. The wagon had operated for 51 days since the last 56 day on train inspection and was not overdue at the time of the occurrence.

Table 2: Maintenance history

DateInspection typeComments
07/07/202056 day on train maintenanceCompleted 70 days between previous inspection
24/09/202056 day on train maintenanceCompleted 79 days between previous inspection
16/11/202056 day on train maintenanceCompleted 53 days between previous inspection

Train examination

Prior to departure the 17 wagons underwent a GX as required by the Train Inspection Manual (TIM 01-03). The examination was limited to the major components of the wagon but included checking the wagon body for structural damage. The GX was performed by crew 1 who held the required qualifications and had three years’ experience. There were no defects noted with wagon NDHX14836G.

Crew 2 who assisted with the roll-by inspection, held the appropriate qualifications and had approximately eight years’ experience.

Loading

The containers were loaded on to the 17 wagons at CBH Resources - Rasp Mine. The train consist and records for container mass indicated all wagons were within the permitted loading limits (60 t).

Loading records indicated wagon NDHX14836G was loaded with two 20 ft concentrate containers with a total mass of 59.54 t. Post occurrence the mass of the containers were weighed at 59.9 t,[7] closely matching the loading records.

Similar occurrences

ATSB investigation (RO-2018-009)

On 21 April 2018, Pacific National intermodal freight train 6MP4 derailed near Glenalta, South Australia. It was found that there was a pre-existing structural crack on platform 2 of wagon RRYY01X that had not been identified during multiple train examinations and maintenance inspections. A combination of the pre-existing structural crack, in-train forces (compression and tension) and tight curves on a descending grade likely resulted in the derailment. A contributing factor and safety issue of this occurrence was:

Pacific National’s inspection processes did not identify key structural points for inspection on RRYY class wagons, including the susceptibility to cracking in the junction between container loading outriggers, pull rod boxed opening, and the bottom centre sill sections. This reduced the likelihood of cracks being detected. (Safety issue)

This wagon was of a different design and class to NDHX14836G, although, both were operated and maintained by Pacific National. The same work instruction was also utilised for the inspection of the underframes of RRYY and NDHX (ICX) class wagons (WMM 04-02). This inspection procedure was revised as part of the safety action to address the safety issue.

OTSI investigation (04588)

On 5 December 2012, crew performing a roll-by inspection of a SQYD wagon near Gulgong, New South Wales, detected a wagon sagging in the middle and almost dragging on the ground. The wagon struck and damaged the road surface on several level crossings before it was detected.

It was found that the underframe of wagon SQYD0060G failed at a transverse butt weld at the mid-point of the centre sill. The failure was the result of poor weld design, welding practices/techniques and inadequate non-destructive testing at the time of the weld.

The SQYD wagon was similar in design to the ICX class wagon but the two wagon classes were at different ends of the asset lifecycle. The SQYD wagons entered service in the 12 months prior to the occurrence while ICX class wagons were approaching end of life.

Safety analysis

Train 3YN2 travelled approximately 530 km before wagon NDHX14836G struck a level crossing at 595.518 km.  The wagon struck two more level crossings before the train was stopped at 583.900 km. The actions of the contractor reporting the defect prevented the escalation of this occurrence.

The wagon was found with a fracture extending across the bottom flange (underside) and up both vertical plates (web) at the mid-point of the centre sill. The lower portion of the fracture face was damaged by ballast strikes, particularly on the trailing edge (in the direction of travel) of the fracture.

Assessment of the fracture indicated that the fracture was at the mid-point of the centre sill transverse weld. A backing bar[8] was present along the length of the weld although there was no obvious weld penetration. Oxidation was visible on the lower section of both vertical plates and the fracture face was worn (Figure 4). The presence of both oxidation and wear is consistent with fatigue cracking however there were no beach marks[9] observed in this region. The remaining fracture face was free from oxidation and likely progressed quickly.

Figure 4: Wagon NDHX14836G fracture

Figure 4: Wagon NDHX14836G fracture

Photograph shows the left and right sides of the centre sill.

Source: Pacific National and OTSI, annotations by OTSI

Train 3YN2 underwent the required maintenance inspection prior to departing Broken Hill on 6 January 2021. These inspections did not detect the existing fracture on the frame of NDHX14836G.

The GX inspection scope was limited although the partial fracture would likely have been visible during close inspection of the centre sill vertical plates (web). The investigation was unable to determine when the frame was partially fractured, the oxidation indicates a fracture was almost certainly present during numerous GX and roll-by inspections.

Maintenance records (Table 2) showed two of the three most recent 56 day on inspections (UTM) were completed in exceedance of the 7-day tolerance. The UTM maintenance plan was associated with the rake[10] of wagons rather than individual wagon. If a wagon was moved from the rake it could have operated in exceedance of the maintenance plan, increasing the likelihood of a rolling stock irregularity progressing without detection.

Wagon maintenance manual WMM-04-02 provided guidance for the inspection of various wagon classes although did not specifically detail inspections of NQHX (NDHX) wagons. The guidance for inspecting the underframe was general and did not highlight the location of cracking as found on NDHX14836G. Additionally, there was no requirement for more detailed inspections of ageing assets.

The design and construction of the ICX class wagons varied with some wagons having a centre sill transverse weld at the mid-point on the lower edge of the sill. Design drawing provided as part of the investigation did not indicate the presence of the weld or provide details for the original weld specification. A weld at this location of high stress increases the risk of fatigue cracking and presented different risk profiles within the same wagon class.

Non-destructive testing consisting of magnetic particle inspection (MPI) was only required if a crack was visually detected. Without more advanced non-destructive testing, a crack would need to propagate to be visibly detectable on the surface before it may be addressed.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the rolling stock irregularity involving freight train 3YN2.  

Contributing factors

  • 3YN2 departed Broken Hill with an undetected crack on wagon NHDX14836G; the crack progressed and the wagon sagged under the load striking three level crossings.
  • The centre sill of wagon NDHX14386G likely fractured due to fatigue cracking initiating at a transverse weld on the lower edge of the sill.
  • Pacific National's maintenance and inspection regime was not sufficient to identify cracking at a location of known risk before the structural failure of wagon NDHX14836G.

Safety actions

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Pacific National

Maintenance and inspection

On the day of the occurrence, Pacific National issued a Rolling Stock Notice (RSN E 21-002) requiring an underframe crack inspection on NDHX, NQHX and NQIX wagons. The visual inspection required:

  • checking if there was a butt weld at the midpoint of centre sill
  • checking for cracks on the underside of the centre sill at the location of the butt weld
  • checking the vertical web plate for the presence of crack propagation
  • confirming the presence of doubler plates and any cracking associated with the doubler plates.

A total of 134 wagons were inspected as of 21 January 2021 with no cracks identified at the centre sill. The last wagon was inspected on 27 May 2021 with no cracks identified. Wagon NDHX14836G was to be scrapped, reducing Pacific National’s number of ICX class wagons to a total of 135.

Pacific National advised that they have completed a risk assessment to determine the NDHX wagon limitations and ongoing monitoring program requirements and plans for ongoing use. The following actions are also planned in relation to this occurrence:

  • Broken Hill maintenance depot to conduct a risk assessment associated with the inspection of underframe of ICX class wagons during time based and kilometre based inspections.
  • Review facilities available at Broken Hill to provide maintenance personnel easier access to complete underframe inspections.
  • Develop a lifecycle management strategy for NDHX/ICX wagon classes with a butt welds.
  • Develop an asset management strategy for the identification and implementation of the appropriate wagon lifecycle strategies.
  • Review wagon maintenance manual WMM 04-02 to include details for ICX class wagons.
  • Review and adjust the current non-destructive strategy applied across Pacific National’s fleet of wagons.
Compliance with maintenance standards

In relation to the management of trains under unit train maintenance (UTM) strategies, a Rolling Stock Notice (RSN E 21-003) was issued on 18 January 2021. The notice advised of the transition from unit train maintenance (UTM) at the rake level (group of wagons) to the individual wagon level. This notice was distributed to asset management and maintenance personnel and detailed actions to be taken. This change was to ensure that wagons receive the correct inspection when required. Pacific National's maintenance management system was updated to reflect these changes and wagons with overdue maintenance activities were identified and prioritised for inspection.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • Australian Rail Track Corporation
  • Pacific National.

References

Pacific National (2015), Train Inspection Manual, General Train Inspection Procedure, TIM 01-03_05, 14 December 2015

Pacific National (2017), Wagon Maintenance Manual, Maintenance of Freight Wagons, WMM 01-01_05, 26 June 2017

Pacific National (2020), Wagon Maintenance Manual, UTM/ Block/ OK Spare/PM Inspection, WMM 01-18_07, 21 October 2020

Pacific National (2020), Wagon Maintenance Manual, Underframes, Body work and Load Supports, WMM 04-02_05, 1 July 2020

Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board (2021), Glossary of Terms. Accessed at: www.rissb.com.au/glossary/

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Australian Rail Track Corporation
  • Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
  • Pacific National
  • Transport for NSW.

Submissions were received from:

  • Australian Rail Track Corporation
  • Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
  • Pacific National.

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2021

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1. Roll-by inspections are a visual inspection of moving rail traffic to identify equipment, loading security or other defects or failure.
  2. Times shown in 24-hour time as Australian Eastern Daylight Time (AEDT).
  3. The kilometre distance is measured from Platform 1, Central Station, Sydney, New South Wales.
  4. A flat wagon specially equipped with approved securing devices for the transport of freight containers. The wagon may have a full width deck, with or without apertures, or be of skeletal construction.
  5. A doubler plate is a section of steel that is welded to a larger section as part of a repair or to provide additional strength.
  6. Between 1985 and 2004 two work instructions were released for the inspection and repair of centre sill fractures.
  7. Containers were checked using a scale on the forklift utilised for unloading and unloading the containers post occurrence.
  8. A backing bar is a piece of material positioned at the root of a weld to support molten weld material allowing for complete weld penetration.
  9. Beach mark refers to markings on the fracture surface associated with fatigue cracking. Typically, the progression of a fatigue crack will leave concentric rings on the fracture surface that radiate from the point of origin.
  10.  Rake refers to vehicles, usually not formed as a train, moved as a unit during shunting and marshalling. In this case the 17 wagons formed the rake for the unit train maintenance purposes.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number RO-2021-001
Occurrence date 06/01/2021
Location Kiacatoo
State New South Wales
Report release date 28/06/2021
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Rail
Rail occurrence category Rolling Stock Irregularity
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Train details

Train operator Pacific National
Train number 3YN2
Type of operation Freight train
Rail vehicle sector Freight
Departure point Broken Hill, New South Wales
Destination Newcastle, New South Wales
Train damage Substantial